Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 941

Protection

Systems
Catalog
SIPROTEC SIP · 2004
Numerical Protection Relays
Editorial

SIPROTEC –
more than just protection
ONE bay, ONE IED (Intel- This is the latest edition of the printed SIPROTEC Catalog. This
ligent Electronic Device) edition - which is now available - contains many suggestions by our
Siemens is the world mar-
ket leader in delivering readers, along with information regarding innovations and supple-
combined protection & mentary products. The SIPROTEC Catalog is also available on
control relays. We provide
CD ROM.
control functionality with
the CFC (Continuous func-
tion chart), which is ac-
One of the new highlights is the SIPROTEC protection relays with
cepted as state-of-art in IEC 61850 communication. IEC 61850 was created by relay experts
industrial automation and manufacturers alike. The goal of this standard is to achieve an
(SIMATIC STEP 7) and
makes the life for the pro- object-oriented communication structure within substations.
tection engineers easier. SIPROTEC protection relays and bay control units are the first to
ONE DIGSI feature the IEC 61850 standard. With the substation configurator, a
Parameterisation - Software part of DIGSI 4, SIPROTEC units as well as other makes can be
serves all products
Siemens is the first supplier configured in accordance with IEC 61850.
to meet this strong
customer demand to have
one software for all
protection products. DIGSI
can handle previous
versions and the bus-bar This SIPROTEC Catalog is supplemented by multimedia computer
protection while providing animation tools.
unrivalled functionality.
+ CD-ROM “SIPROTEC 4 you – Features, Applications, Relays”
ONE single source for all
products and services + CD-ROM “SIPROTEC 4 you – Start Up”.
Siemens provides a full
product range for all mar- + CD-ROM “SIPROTEC 4 you – IEC 61850 & ETHERNET”.
ket segments. In order to
provide optimal services You can order the printed SIPROTEC Catalog (and all the CD
we have concentrated re- ROMs) via the Internet free of charge. Please fill in a form at
sources for important func-
www.siprotec.com/catalog. You may also consult your Siemens
tions, e.g. one product
management, one product representative or send us an e-mail (support@ptd.siemens.de).
development, one factory,
etc. We will support you in This catalog will assist you by increasing your understanding of our
planning, engineering, products and therefore help you to optimally and conveniently
commissioning, relay
co-ordination, type test, utilize the available features and functionality. We wish you a pleas-
etc. all over the world. ant and productive experience with SIPROTEC.

Bernhard W. Niessing
Vice President
Protection and Power Quality
Contents
Product Selection 1

Overview 2

Operating Programs 3
SIPROTEC Communication 4
Numerical Protection Relays
Overcurrent Protection 5

Distance Protection 6

Line Differential Protection 7

Transformer Differential Protection 8

Busbar Differential Protection 9

Relays for Various Protection Applications 10

Generator Protection 11

Motor Protection 12

Bay Units and Power Quality 13

Relay Communication Equipment 14

Test Equipment and Accessories 15

Catalog SIP · 2004 Appendix 16


Supersedes Catalog SIP · 2003

© Siemens AG 2004
1

Product Selection Page

Relay Functions 1/2


1 Product Selection

Relay Functions

1 –

Pilot wire differential


Line differential

Overcurrent

Differential
Distance

7SD600

7SD610

7UT512
7UT513
7UT612
7UT613
7SA513
7SA522

7SJ600
7SJ602

7VH60

7UT63
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ45
7SJ46

7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7SD5
7SA6

Protection functions Type


ANSI No.* Description –
14 Locked rotor protection – – – – – – – – – – l l l l – – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection, phase n n n – l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21N Distance protection, earth (ground) n n n – l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21FL Fault locator n n n – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
24 Overfluxing (V/f protection) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – l l – –
25 Synchronizing, synchronism check l l l – l – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
27 Undervoltage – l l – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
27/34 Stator earth fault 3rd harmonic – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 Directional power – – – – – – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
32F Forward power – – – – – – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
32R Reverse power – – – – – – – – – – – – – l – – – – – – – –
37 Undercurrent or underpower – – – – – – – – – l n n n n – – – – – – – –
40 Loss of field – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
46 Load unbalance, negative phase- – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – – – l – l – –
sequence overcurrent
47 Phase-sequence voltage n n n – n – – – – – – n n n – – – – – – – –
48 Motor starting protection – – – – – – – – n l l l l l – – – – – – – –
49 Thermal overload – – l – n n – – n n n n n n – n n n n n – –
49R Rotor thermal protection – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – – – – – – – –
49S Stator thermal protection – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – – – – – – – –
50 Instantaneous overcurrent n n n n n n n n n n n n n n – n n n n n – l

50N Instantaneous earth n n n – n n – – n n n n n n – – l n n n – l

fault overcurrent
50BF Breaker failure n l l – n l – – – n n n n n – – – l l l – n

51GN Zero speed and underspeed device – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –


51 Overcurrent-time relay, phase n n n n n n n n n n n n n n – n n n n n – l

51N Overcurrent-time relay, earth n n n – n n n n n n n n n n – – – n n n – l

51V Overcurrent-time relay, – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –


voltage controlled
59 Overvoltage n l l – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
59N Residual voltage earth l l l – l – – – – n – n n n – – – – – – – –
fault protection
59GN Stator earth-fault protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
64 100 % Stator earth-fault protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
(20 Hz)
64R Rotor earth fault – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers

1/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


1 Product Selection

Breaker management
Generator protection

synchronism check

Voltage, frequency
motor protection

Auto-reclosure +
Generator and

Breaker failure
Synchronizing
7UM511
7UM512
7UM515
7UM516

7RW600
7VK512

7SV512
7SV600
7UM61
7UM62

7VK61

7VE51
7VE6
Protection functions Type
ANSI No.* Description –
14 Locked rotor protection – – – – n n – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection, phase – – – n n n – – – – – – –
21N Distance protection, earth – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21FL Fault locator – – – – – – – – – – – – –
24 Overfluxing (V/f protection) – – n – n n – – – – – – n

25 Synchronizing, synchronism check – – – – – – n n n n – – –


27 Undervoltage n – n – n n l – – l – – n

27/34 Stator earth fault 3rd harmonic – n – – n n – – – – – – –


32 Directional power n n – – – n – – – – – – –
32F Forward power – – – n l n – – – – – – –
32R Reverse power – – – n n n – – – – – – –
37 Undercurrent or underpower – n – – – n – – – – – – –
40 Loss of field n n – n l n – – – – – – –
46 Load unbalance, negative phase- n n – n l l – – – – – – –
sequence overcurrent
47 Phase-sequence voltage – – – – n n – – – – – – –
48 Incomplete sequence, locked rotor – – – – l l – – – – – – –
49 Thermal overload n – – – n n – – – – – –
49R Rotor thermal protection – – – – – – – – – – – – –
49S Stator thermal protection n – – – n n – – – – – – –
50 Instantaneous overcurrent – – – – n n – – – – – – –
50N Instantaneous earth-fault – – – – n n – – – – – – –
overcurrent
50BF Breaker failure – – – – n n – – – – n n –
51GN Zero speed and underspeed dev. – – – – – n – – – – – – –
51 Overcurrent-time relay, phase n n – – n n – – – – – – –
51N Overcurrent-time relay, earth – – – – n n – – – – – – –
51V Overcurrent-time relay, n n – – n n – – – – – – –
voltage controlled
59 Overvoltage n n n – n n l – – l – – n

59N Residual voltage earth- n – – – n n – – – – – – –


fault protection
59GN Stator earth-fault protection – n n – n n – – – – – – –
64 100 % Stator earth-fault protection – n n – – l – – – – – – –
(20 Hz)
64R Rotor earth fault – n n – n n – – – – – – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers

Siemens SIP · 2004 1/3


1 Product Selection

Relay Functions

Pilot wire differential


Line differential

Overcurrent

Differential
Distance

7SD600

7SD610

7UT512
7UT513
7UT612
7UT613
7SA513
7SA522

7SJ600
7SJ602

7VH60

7UT63
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ45
7SJ46

7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7SD5
7SA6

Protection functions Type


ANSI No.* Description –
67 Directional overcurrent – – – – – – – – – – – n n n – – – – – – – –
67N Directional earth-fault overcurrent l l l – l – – – – n – n n n – – – – – – – –
67G Stator earth-fault – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
directional overcurrent
68 Out-of-step protection n l l – l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
74TC Trip circuit supervision – n n – n n – – n n n n n n – – – l l l – –
78 Out-of-step protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
79 Auto-reclosure l l l – l l – – l l l l l l – – – – – – – –
81 Frequency protection – n n – l – – – – – – l l l – – – – – – – –
81R Rate of frequency change protection – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Vector jump supervision – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
85 Carrier interface/remote trip n n n l n n – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n

86 Lockout function – n n n n n – – – – n n n n – – – n n n n –
87G Differential protection generator – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n – –
87T Differential protection transformer – – – n l l – – – – – – – – n n n n n n – –
87BB Differential protection busbar – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n

87M Differential protection motor – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n – –


87L Differential protection line – – – n n n – – – – – – – – – – – n n n – –
87N Restricted earth-fault protection – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n – n l l l – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
1/4 Siemens SIP · 2004
1 Product Selection

Breaker management
Generator protection

synchronism check

Voltage, frequency
motor protection

Auto-reclosure +
Generator and

Breaker failure
Synchronizing
7UM511
7UM512
7UM515
7UM516

7RW600
7VK512

7SV512
7SV600
7UM61
7UM62

7VK61

7VE51
7VE6
Protection functions Type
ANSI No.* Description –
67 Directional overcurrent – – – – n n – – – – – – –
67N Directional earth-fault overcurrent – – – – n n – – – – – – –
67G Stator earth-fault – – – – n n – – – – – – –
directional overcurrent
68 Out-of-step protection – – – n – l – – – – – – –
74TC Trip circuit supervision – – – – n n n – – – – – –
78 Out-of-step protection – – – n – n – – – – – – –
79 Auto-reclosure – – – – – – n n – – – – –
81 Frequency protection n n n – n n – – – l – – n

81R Rate of frequency change protection – – – – l l – – – l – – l

Vector jump supervision – – – – l l – – – l – – –


85 Carrier interface/remote trip – – – – – – – – – – – – –
86 Lockout function – – – – n n n – – l – – –
87G Differential protection generator – – – – – n – – – – – – –
87T Differential protection transformer – – – – – n – – – – – – –
87BB Differential protection busbar – – – – – – – – – – – – –
87M Differential protection motor – – – – – n – – – – – – –
87L Differential protection line – – – – – – – – – – – – –
87N Restricted earth-fault protection – – – – – l – – – – – – –

n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers

Siemens SIP · 2004 1/5


1

1/6 Siemens SIP · 2004


Overview Page

Relay Families 2/4


Typical Protection Schemes 2/20
Protection Coordination 2/44 2
2

2/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Overview
Description
2
Simplicity in a complex world
Quite simply – SIPROTEC 4
Face the future with confidence and
innovative solutions.
SIPROTEC 4 is a flexible and uncompli-
cated solution for protecting your power
system.
LSP2296-afp.tif

Ergonomic key path and graphic display


ensure reliable operation. The powerful
software tool DIGSI 4 assists the
engineer in comprehensive relay man-
agement and fault analysis. Only one Relay Families
tool is required for all SIPROTEC relays. Introduction 2/ 4
SIPROTEC 4 offers much more:
SIPROTEC easy 2/ 9
• Function mix of protection, control and
measurement SIPROTEC 4 relays 2/10

• Choice of open communication stand- SIPROTEC ’600 relays 2/17


ards like IEC 60870-5-103 and
SIPROTEC 3 relays 2/19
IEC 61850 protocol, DNP 3, MODBUS
and PROFIBUS
• Communication modules also for Typical Protection
retrofitting
Siemens actively supported international Schemes
standard IEC 61850 and is the first man- Cables and overhead lines 2/22
ufacturer to offer protection relays and
substation control systems with an Transformers 2/32
IEC 61850-compliant communication
Motors 2/35
protocol.
A flexibility that is a pleasure to use. Generators 2/37
As pioneers in numerical protection and Busbars 2/40
substation control, we invite you to take
advantage of SIPROTEC 4. Networks 2/42

Protection
Coordination
Typical applications and functions 2/44

Verification of design 2/50

Instrument transformers 2/52

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/3


2 Overview

• In 1976, the first minicomputer (process com-


Relay Families puter)-based protection system was commis-
sioned: A total of 10 systems for 110/20 kV substa-
Introduction tions was supplied and is still operating
satisfactorily today.
Siemens is one of the world’s leading suppliers of
• Since 1985, we have been the first to manufacture
protection equipment for power systems.
a range of fully numerical relays with standardized
2 communication interfaces.
Thousands of our relays ensure first-class
performance in transmission and distribution Today, Siemens offers a complete range of protec-
networks on all voltage levels, all over the world, tion relays for all applications including numerical
in countries of tropical heat or arctic frost. busbar and machine protection.
To date, more than 350,000 numerical protection
For many years, Siemens has also significantly
relays from Siemens are providing successful serv-
influenced the development of protection
ice, as stand-alone units in traditional systems or
technology.
as components of combined substation protection
and substation control.
Meanwhile, the innovative SIPROTEC 4 series has
been launched, incorporating many years of oper-
ational experience with thousands of relays, to-
gether with users’ requirements.

Fig. 2/1 State-of-the-art technology


Mechanical and solid-state (static) relays have
been almost completely phased out of our
production because numerical relays are now
LSP2257-afp.tif

preferred by the users due to their decisive


advantages:
• Compact design and lower costs due to integration
LSP2256-afp.tif

of many functions into one relay


• High availability even with less maintenance due
to integral self-monitoring
• No drift (aging) of measuring characteristics due
to fully numerical processing
SIPROTEC 4 family • High measuring accuracy due to digital filtering
and optimized measuring algorithms
• Many integrated add-on functions, for example,
SIPROTEC ‘600 for load-monitoring, event/fault recording and
series
thermal monitoring
• Local operation keypad and display designed to
modern ergonomic criteria
• Easy and reliable read-out of information via serial
LSP2258-afp.tif

interfaces with a PC, locally or remotely with


DIGSI (one tool for all relays)
• Possibility to communicate with higher-level
control systems using standardized protocols
(open communication)
SIP053-afp.eps

SIPROTEC easy SIPROTEC 3 family


series

2/4 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Modern protection management “One feeder, one relay” concept Fig. 2/2
Numerical relays,
All the functions, for example, of a line protection Analog protection schemes have been engineered increased information
availability
scheme can be incorporated in one unit: and assembled from individual relays. Interwiring
between these relays and scheme testing has been
• Distance protection with associated add-on and
carried out manually in the workshop.
monitoring functions
Data sharing now allows for the integration of
• Universal teleprotection interface by binary in-
several protection and protection-related tasks
put/contacts or serial interface
into one single numerical relay. Only a few exter-
• Auto-reclosure and synchronism check nal devices may be required for completion of the
total scheme. This has significantly lowered the
Protection-related information can be called up
costs of engineering, assembly, panel wiring, test-
on-line or off-line, such as:
ing and commissioning. Scheme failure probabil-
• Distance to fault ity has also been lowered.
• Fault currents and fault voltages Engineering has moved from schematic diagrams
towards a parameter definition procedure. A pow-
• Relay operation data (fault detector pickup, oper-
erful user-definable logic integrated in SIPROTEC
ating times etc.)
4 allows flexible customized design for protection,
• Set values control and measurement.
• Line load data (kV, A, MW, kVAr) Measuring included
To fulfill vital protection redundancy require- For many applications, the accuracy of the protec-
ments, only those functions which are interde- tion current transformer is sufficient for oper-
pendent and directly associated with each other ational measuring. The additional measuring c.t.
are integrated in the same unit. For back-up pro- was required to protect the measuring instru-
tection, one or more additional units should be ments under short-circuit conditions. Due to the
provided. low thermal withstand capability of the measuring
All relays can stand fully alone. Thus, the tradi- instruments, they could not be connected to the
tional protection concept of separate main and protection c.t.. Consequently, additional measur-
backup protection as well as the external connec- ing core c.t.s and measuring instruments are now
tion to the switchyard remain unchanged. only necessary where high accuracy is required,
e.g. for revenue metering.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/5


2 Overview

Relay Families For greater distances, especially in outdoor


switchyards, fiber-optic cables are preferably used.
This technique has the advantage that it is totally
unaffected by electromagnetic interference.
On-line remote data exchange
A powerful serial data link provides for interroga- Off-line dialog with numerical relays
tion of digitized measured values and other infor-
2 mation stored in the protection units, for printout A simple built-in operator panel which requires
and further processing at the substation or system no special software knowledge or codeword tables
control level. is used for parameter input and readout.
In the opposite direction, setting groups may be This allows operator dialog with the protection re-
altered or test routines initiated from a remote lay. Answers appear largely in plain-text on the
control center. display of the operator panel. The dialog is divided
into three main phases:
• Input, alternation and readout of settings
• Testing the functions of the protection unit and
• Readout of relay operation data
for the last system faults.

Modern power system protection management


A notebook PC may be used for upgraded protec-
tion management.
The MS Windows-compatible relay operation
program DIGSI is available for entering and read-
out of setpoints and archiving of protection data
for all SIPROTEC relays. For the whole relay fam-
ily only one PC-software is required. Relay up-
dates are offered now via Internet from
http://www.siprotec.com.

Fig. 2/3
PC-aided setting
procedure

Fig. 2/4 Communication options

2/6 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

The relays may be set in 2 steps. First, all relay Setpoints Relay operations
settings are prepared in the office with the aid of a
local PC and stored on a file. On site, the settings
can then be downloaded from a PC into the relay.
The relay confirms the settings and thus provides
an unquestionable record.
Vice versa, after a system fault, the relay memory
can be uploaded to a PC, and comprehensive fault
2
analysis can then take place in the engineer’s office
if required.
Alternatively, the total relay dialog can be guided
from any remote location via a modem-
telephone connection (Fig. 2/4) or via the utility
network.

Relay data management Fig. 2/5


System-wide setting and relay operation library
Distribution type relays have some important
20-30 setpoints. If we consider a power system
with about 500 relays, then the number adds up to
10,000 settings. This requires considerable expen-
diture in setting the relays and filing retrieval
setpoints.
A personal computer-aided human-machine dia-
log and archiving program, e.g. DIGSI, assists the
relay engineer in data filing and retrieval.

Corrective rather than preventive maintenance


Numerical relays monitor their own hardware and
software. Exhaustive self-monitoring and failure
diagnostic routines are not restricted to the Fig. 2/6
protection relay itself, but are methodically car- Alternate parameter groups
ried through from current transformer circuits to
tripping relay coils. There is a number of applications for which mul-
tiple setting groups can upgrade the scheme per-
Equipment failures and faults in the c.t. circuits
formance, e.g.
are immediately reported and the protection relay
is blocked. • For use as a voltage-dependent control of
overcurrent-time relay pickup values to overcome
Thus, the service personnel is now able to correct
alternator fault current decrement to below
the failure upon occurrence, resulting in a signifi-
normal load current when the automatic voltage
cantly upgraded availability of the protection sys-
regulator (AVR) is not in automatic operation.
tem.
• For maintaining short operation times with lower
Adaptive relaying fault currents, e.g. automatic change of settings if
one supply transformer is taken out of service.
Numerical relays now offer reliable, convenient
and comprehensive matching to changing condi- • For “switch-onto-fault” protection to provide
tions. Matching may be initiated either by the shorter time settings when energizing a circuit
relay’s own intelligence or from other systems via after maintenance. The normal settings can be
contacts or serial telegrams. Modern numerical restored automatically after a time delay.
relays contain a number of parameter sets that can • For auto-reclosure programs, i.e. instantaneous
be pretested during commissioning of the scheme operation for first trip and delayed operation after
(Fig. 2/6). One set is normally operative. unsuccessful reclosure.
Transfer to the other sets can be controlled via
binary inputs or serial data link. • For cold load pickup problems where high starting
currents may cause relay operation.
• For “ring open” or “ring closed” operation.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/7


2 Overview

Relay Families distribution level a trend towards higher function


integration can be observed. Here, combined
feeder/line relays for protection, monitoring and
control are on the march (Fig. 2/7).
Implemented functions
Relays with protection functions only and relays
SIPROTEC relays are available with a variety of with combined protection and control functions
protective functions. See description of the relay are being offered. The SIPROTEC 3 relays offer
2 families (page 2/9 and following). protection functions while SIPROTEC 4 relays
Fig. 2/7 left have combined protection and control functions.
Switchgear with SIPROTEC 4 relays support the “one relay one
numerical relay (7SJ62) feeder” concept and thus contribute to a consider-
and traditional control
able reduction in space and wiring.

Fig. 2/7 right With the new SIPROTEC 4 family, Siemens sup-
Switchgear with ports both stand-alone and combined solutions
combined protection on the basis of a single hardware and software
and control relay (7SJ63)
platform. The user can decide within wide limits
on the configuration of the control and protection
LSP2259-afp.tif

LSP2260-afp.tif
functions in the line, without influencing the reli-
ability of the protection functions (Fig. 2/8).
The following solutions are available within one
relay family:
• Separate control and protection relays
• Feeder protection and remote control of the line
The high processing power of modern numerical circuit-breaker via the serial communication link
units allows further integration of non-protective
• Combined relays for protection, monitoring and
add-on functions.
control
The question as to whether separate or combined
Mixed use of the different relay types is possible
relays should be used for protection and control
Fig. 2/8 on account of the uniform operation and commu-
cannot be uniformly answered. In transmission
SIPROTEC 4 relays nication procedures.
7SJ61/62/63, type substations, separation into independent
implemented functions hardware units is still preferred, whereas on the

2/8 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Siemens offers the user a uniform technique cov-


ering the whole range of protection applications.
This includes a uniform operator concept, uni-
form housing technology, common communica-
tion protocols and a uniform technology.

LSP2265-afp.tif
This offers a number of advantages for the user:
• Reduced engineering and testing efforts due to 2
well-suited functions
• Reduced training due to uniform operation and
setting for all relays
• Uniform data management due to a common
operator program
Our 3 product families have a common basis and
with their characteristic features are optimized for
your main area of application.

The SIPROTEC 4 family:

LSP2329-afpen.tif
A great variety of units ranging from overcurrent-
time protection for medium-voltage applications
to distance and differential protection for extra-
high-voltage applications. All the units have con-
trol functions (partly with graphic display) and of-
fer a great variety of communications possibilities.
They have a large number of integrated protection
functions, from which the user can easily select
those required for his specific case of application.

The SIPROTEC ‘600 series:


Cost-effective units especially for use in industry
or power supply utilities, where the entire scope of
functions of the SIPROTEC 4 family is not
required.
LSP2257a-afp.tif

LSP2258a-afp.tif
The SIPROTEC 3 family:
The well-proven range of numerical protection
units for all applications concerning medium volt-
age up to extra-high voltage.
All these families or series of devices can be used
with our DIGSI operating program.

The SIPROTEC easy series: Fig. 2/9


DIGSI 4, one operat-
ing tool for all
The relay series SIPROTEC easy completes the SIPROTEC units
SIPROTEC family for simple applications.
SIPROTEC easy means:
• High quality at a favorable price
• Simple setting via dip switches, no PC program
required
• Easy mounting due to compact housing
LSP2256a-afp.tif

• Current transformer (CT) powered or auxiliary


voltage supplied version available
• Condensation-proof version available

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/9


2 Overview

SIPROTEC 4 relays
Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays are available in 1/3 to 1/1 of
19” wide housings with a standard height of
243 mm. Their size is compatible with that of
other relay families. Therefore, compatible ex-
change is always possible.
All wires (cables) are connected at the rear side of
2 the relay with or without ring cable lugs. A special

LSP2276-afp.tif
relay version with a detached cable-connected op-
erator panel (Fig. 2/13) is also available. It allows,
Fig. 2/10 1/1 of 19”
for example, the installation of the relay itself in
the low-voltage compartment and of the operator
panel separately in the door of the switchgear.

Terminals
Standard relay version with screw-type terminals
Current terminals
Connection Wmax = 12 mm
LSP2266-afp.tif

Ring cable lugs d1 = 5 mm


Wire size 2.7 - 4 mm2 (AWG 13 - 11)
Fig. 2/11 1/2 of 19” Direct Solid conductor,
connection flexible lead, connector sleeve
Wire size 2.7 - 4 mm2 (AWG 13 - 11)

Voltage terminals
Connection Wmax = 10 mm
Ring cable lugs d1 = 4 mm
LSP2261-afpen.tif

Wire size 1.0 - 2.6 mm2 (AWG 17 - 13)


Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible
lead, connector sleeve
Fig. 2/12 1/3 of 19” Wire size 0.5 - 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 - 13)

Some relays are alternatively available


with plug-in voltage terminals
Current terminals
Screw type (see standard version)
Voltage terminals
LSP2269-afp.eps

Fig. 2/13
SIPROTEC 4
combined protection, 2-pin or 3-pin
control and connectors
monitoring relay 7SJ63
with detached operator Wire size 0.5 - 1.0 mm2
panel 0.75 - 1.5 mm2
1.0 - 2.5 mm2

Adaptation to substation environment


Not only can the software of SIPROTEC units be
flexibly adapted to substation conditions; the
units themselves can be adapted to the secondary
CT rated current IN (1 A or 5 A) or the auxiliary
voltage Vaux via internal settable jumpers. To
achieve a correct indication of the secondary mea-
sured values on the display of the relay, you have
to reset the "CT rated current" parameter in
Fig. 2/14
DIGSI. You should also mark the modifications
you have made on the "Modification note" plate
(Fig. 2/14).
2/10 Siemens SIP · 2004
2 Overview

Local operation
All operator actions can be executed and informa-
tion displayed via an integrated user interface.
Two alternatives for this interface are available.
On the backlit LCD display, process and device
information can be displayed as text.
2
Freely assignable LEDs are used to display process
or device information. The LEDs can be labelled
according to user requirements. An LED reset key
resets the LEDs and can be used for LED testing.

RS232 operator interface (for DIGSI)

LSP2284-afpen.eps
4 configurable function keys permit the user to
execute frequently used actions simply and fast. Fig. 2/15

Keys for navigation

Numerical keys

Additional features of the interface with


graphic display.
Process and relay information can be displayed on
the large illuminated LC display either graphically
in the form of a mimic diagram or as text in vari-
ous lists.

The keys mainly used for control of the


switchgear are located on the “control axis”
directly below the display.
LSP2283-afpen.eps

Two key-operated switches ensure rapid


and reliable changeover between “Local” and
“Remote” control and between “interlocked” Fig. 2/16
and “non-interlocked” operation.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/11


2 Overview

• Energy ± kWh ± kVarh, forward and reverse


Relay Families power flow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current
SIPROTEC 4 relays and voltage values
Apart from the relay-specific protection functions, • Operating hours counter
the SIPROTEC 4 units have a multitude of addi-
2 • Mean operating temperature of overload function
tional functions which
• Limit value monitoring
• Provide you with information for the evaluation of
Limit values are monitored using programmable
faults
logic in the CFC. Commands can be derived from
• Facilitate adaption to your specific application this limit value indication.
• Facilitate monitoring and control of your installa- • Zero suppression
tion In a certain range of very low measured values, the
value is set to zero to suppress interference.
Operational measured values
Metered values (some types)
The large scope of measured and limit values per-
mits improved power system management as well For internal metering, the unit can calculate
as simplified commissioning. energy metered values from the measured current
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired and voltage values. If an external meter with a
current and voltage along with the power factor, metering pulse output is available, some
frequency, active and reactive power. The follow- SIPROTEC 4 types can obtain and process meter-
ing functions are available depending on the relay ing pulses via an indication input.
type The metered values can be displayed and passed
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE (67Ns) on to a control center as an accumulation with
reset. A distinction is made between forward,
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1 reverse, active and reactive energy.
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, 3V0
Measuring transducer (some types)
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
• Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ) • Knee characteristic
For measuring transducers it sometimes makes
• Frequency sense to extend a small range of the input value,
e.g. for the frequency that is only relevant in the
range 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz. This can be achieved
by using a knee characteristic.
• Live-zero monitoring
4 - 20 mA circuits are monitored for open-circuit
LSP2270-afpen.tif

detection.

Operational indications and fault indications


with time stamp
LSP2271-afpen.tif

The SIPROTEC 4 units provide extensive data for


fault analysis as well as control. All indications
listed below are stored even if the power supply is
disconnected.
LSP2272-afpen.tif

• Fault event log


The last eight network faults are stored in the unit.
All fault recordings are time-stamped with a reso-
Fig. 2/17
lution of 1 ms.
Operational measured
• Operational indications
LSP2374-afp.tif

values
All indications that are not directly associated with
Fig. 2/18 a fault (e.g. operating or switching actions) are
Fault event log
stored in the status indication buffer. The time
resolution is 1 ms.

2/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Display editor
A display editor is available to design the display
on SIPROTEC 4 units with graphic display. The
predefined symbol sets can be expanded to suit
the user. The drawing of a single-line diagram is
extremely simple. Load monitoring values (analog
values) and any texts or symbols can be placed on 2
the display where required.

Four predefined setting groups for adapting relay


settings
The settings of the relays can be adapted quickly
to suit changing network configurations. The
relays include 4 setting groups which can be pre-
defined during commissioning or even changed
from remote via a DIGSI 4 modem link. The set-

LSP2285-afpen.tif
ting groups can be activated via binary inputs, via
DIGSI 4 (local or remote), via the integrated key-
pad or via the serial substation control interface.

Typical applications are, for example to display Fig. 2/19


Fault recording up to 5 or more seconds Display and evaluation
the list of operating indications or to perform of a fault record using
The sampled values for phase currents, earth automatic functions, such as “Switching of SIGRA
(ground) currents, line and zero-sequence cur- circuit-breaker”.
rents are recorded in a fault record. The record
can be started using a binary input, on pickup or Continuous self-monitoring
when a trip command occurs. Up to eight fault
recordings may be stored. For test purposes, it is The hardware and software are continuously
possible to start a fault recording via DIGSI 4. If monitored. If abnormal conditions are detected,
the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest fault the unit signals immediately. In this way, a great
recording in each case is overwritten. degree of safety, reliability and availability is
achieved.
For protection functions with long delay times in
generator protection the r.m.s. value recording is
Reliable battery monitoring
available. Storage of relevant calculated variables
(V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, f-fn) takes place at incre- The battery that is provided is used to backup the
ments of one cycle. The total time is 80 seconds. clock, the switching statistics, the status and fault
indications and the fault recording in the event of
Time synchronization a power supply failure. Its function is checked by
the processor at regular intervals. If the capacity of
A battery-backed clock is a standard component the battery is found to be declining, an alarm is
and can be synchronized via a synchronization generated. Regular replacement is therefore not
signal (DCF77, IRIG B via satellite receiver), necessary.
binary input, system interface or SCADA (e.g.
SICAM). A date and time is assigned to every All setting parameters are stored in the
indication. Flash-EPROM and are not lost if the power supply
or battery fails. The SIPROTEC 4 unit
Selectable binary inputs and outputs remains fully functional.

Binary inputs, outputs and LEDs can be assigned Commissioning support


to perform specific functions as defined by the
user. Special attention has been paid to commissioning.
All binary inputs and output contacts can be dis-
Selectable function keys played and activated directly. This can signifi-
cantly simplify the wiring check for the user.
Four function keys can be assigned to permit the Test telegrams to a substation control system can
user to perform frequently recurring actions very be initiated by the user as well.
quickly and simply.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/13


2 Overview

Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays

CFC: Programming logic

2 With the help of the CFC graphic tool (Continu-


ous Function Chart) interlocking schemes and

LSP2273-afpen.tif
switching sequences can be configured simply via
drag and drop of logic symbols; no special knowl-
edge of programming is required. Logical ele-
ments, such as AND, OR, flip-flops and timer
Fig. 2/20
elements are available. The user can also generate CFC logic with module library
user-defined annunciations and logical combina-
tions of internal or external signals.
Retrofitting: communication modules
Communication interfaces It is possible that the relays are supplied directly
with two communication modules for the service
With respect to communication, particular em- and substation control interfaces or to retrofit the
phasis has been placed on high levels of flexibility, communication modules at a later stage. The
data integrity and utilization of standards com- modules are mounted on the rear side of the relay.
mon in energy automation. The design of the As standard, the time synchronization interface is
communication modules permits interchange- always supplied.
ability on the one hand, and on the other hand The communication modules are available for the
provides openness for future standards entire SIPROTEC 4 relay range. Depending on the
(for example, Ethernet with IEC 61850). relay type the following protocols are available:
LSP2261-afpen.tif

IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS-FMS/DP, MODBUS


Local PC interface RTU, DNP 3.0, Ethernet with IEC 61850 (for
some relays). No external protocol converter is re-
The PC interface accessible from the front of the
quired.
unit permits quick access to all parameters and
fault event data. Of particular advantage is the use
Fig. 2/21 Protection relay of the DlGSl 4 operating program during commis-
sioning. The following interfaces can be applied for:
• Service interface (optional)
Several protection relays can be centrally operated
LSP2262-afp.tif

with DIGSI 4, e.g. via a star coupler or RS485 bus.


On connection of a modem, remote control is
possible. This provides advantages in fault clear-
Fig. 2/22
Communication module,
ance, in particular in unmanned power stations.
optical (Alternatively, the external temperature monitor-
ing box can be connected to this interface.)
LSP2263-afp.tif

• System interface (optional)


This is used to carry out communication with a
control system and supports, depending on the
Fig. 2/23 module connected, a variety of communication
Communication module protocols and interface designs.
LSP2274-afp.tif

RS232, RS485

• Time synchronization interface


A synchronization signal (DCF 77, IRIG B via sat-
ellite receiver) may be connected to this input, if
LSP2264-afp.tif

Fig. 2/25 no time synchronization is executed on the system


Rear view with wiring,
Fig. 2/24
terminal safety cover and
interface. This offers a high-precision time tagging.
Communication module,
optical, double-ring serial interface

2/14 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

With respect to communication, particular em- PROFIBUS-FMS and PROFIBUS-DP


phasis is placed on the requirements in energy
automation: PROFIBUS-FMS is used for communication with
a SICAM substation controller.
• Every data item is time-stamped at the source, i.e.
where it originates. For connection to a SIMATIC PLC, the
PROFIBUS-DP protocol is recommended. With
• The communication system automatically handles the PROFIBUS-DP the protection relay can be di-
the transfer of large data blocks (e.g. fault record- rectly connected to a SIMATIC S5/S7. The trans- 2
ings or parameter data files). The user can apply ferred data are fault data, measured values and
these features without any additional program- control commands.
ming effort.
Master control unit
• For reliable execution of a command, the relevant
signal is first acknowledged in the unit involved.
When the command has been enabled and exe-
cuted, a check-back indication is issued. The actual
conditions are checked at every command han-
dling step. Whenever they are not satisfactory,
controlled interruption is possible.

Fig. 2/26
Safe bus architecture PROFIBUS:
Optical double ring circuit
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is immune to
electromagnetic interference. Upon failure of a
section between two units, the communication
system continues to operate without interruption.
If a unit were to fail, there is no effect on the com-
munication with the rest of the system. 1) Optical Link Module

• RS485 bus Master control unit


With this data transmission via copper conduc-
tors, electromagnetic interference is largely elimi-
nated by the use of twisted-pair conductors. Upon
failure of a unit, the remaining system continues
to operate without any faults.
• Star structure
The relays are connected with a fiber-optic cable Fig. 2/27
PROFIBUS:
with a star structure to the control unit. The failure Electrical RS485 bus wiring
of one relay/connection does not affect the others.
Depending on the relay type, the following proto-
cols are available:

IEC 60870-5-103
Master control unit
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally standard-
ized protocol for efficient communication be-
tween the protection relays and the central unit.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number of
protection unit manufacturers and is used world-
wide for protection and substation control.
Siemens-specific extensions which are published, Fig. 2/28
can be used. PROFIBUS:
Star structure with fiber-
optic cables

Note:
For further details of communication features, please refer
to Part 4.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/15


2 Overview

Relay Families Therefore it is possible to detect and indicate both


the OPEN and CLOSED position or a faulty or
intermediate breaker position. The switchgear can
SIPROTEC 4 relays be controlled via:
• Integrated operator panel
MODBUS RTU
• Binary inputs
2 MODBUS is also a widely utilized communication • Substation control system
standard and is used in numerous automation
solutions.
• DIGSI 4.

Automation
DNP 3.0
With the integrated logic, the user can set specific
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol, version 3)
functions for the automation of the switchgear or
is a messaging-based communication protocol.
substation by means of a graphic interface (CFC).
The SIPROTEC 4 units are fully Level 1 and Level 2
Functions are activated by means of function keys,
compliant with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by
binary inputs or via the communication interface.
a number of protection unit manufacturers.

Switching authority
IEC 61850 (Ethernet)
The following hierarchy of switching authority is
IEC 61850 is an available communication stand-
applicable: “LOCAL”, DIGSI 4 PC program,
ard specifically designed for substation auto-
“REMOTE”. The switching authority is deter-
mation. In 2004, it becomes an international stand-
mined according to parameters or by DIGSI 4. If
ard, and some SIPROTEC 4 units are prepared to
the “LOCAL” mode is selected, only local switch-
support it.
ing operations are possible. Every switching oper-
ation and change of breaker position is stored in
Control the status indication memory with detailed infor-
In addition to the protection functions, the mation and time tag.
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control and
monitoring functions required for operating me- Command processing
dium-voltage or high-voltage substations. The
The SIPROTEC 4 protection relays offer all func-
main application is reliable control of switching
tions required for command processing, including
and other processes. The status of primary equip-
the processing of single and double commands
ment or auxiliary devices can be obtained from
with or without feedback as well as sophisticated
auxiliary contacts and communicated to the relay
monitoring. Control actions using functions such
via binary inputs.
as runtime monitoring and automatic command
termination after output check of the external
process are also provided by the relays. Typical ap-
plications are:
Fig. 2/29
• Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1
common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocking
• Operating sequences combining several switching
operations such as control of circuit-breakers, iso-
lators (disconnectors) and earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indications or
alarms by logical combination of existing informa-
tion.
LSP2277-afp.tif

2/16 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Assignment of command feedback SIPROTEC ‘600 relays

The positions of the circuit-breaker or switching SIPROTEC ‘600 relays are available in 1/6 of 19"
devices are monitored by feedback signals. These wide housings with a standard height of 243 mm.
indication inputs are logically assigned to the Their size is compatible with that of the
corresponding command outputs. The unit can SIPROTEC 3 and 4 families. Therefore, mixed in-
therefore distinguish whether the indication stallations are always possible. Versions for flush
changes as a consequence of switching operation mounting and for surface mounting are available. 2
or due to a spontaneous change of state.
All wires (cables) are connected at the rear side of
Chatter disable the relay via ring cable lugs.

The chatter disable feature evaluates whether the


number of status changes of an indication input
exceeds a specified figure in a configured period of
time. If so, the indication input is blocked for a
certain period, so that the event list will not record Four configurable LEDs
excessive operations.
Two line 8-digit display
Filter time
All binary control indications can be subjected to
a filter time (indication delay) to prevent spurious Keys for navigation and entering of settings
operation. LSP2278-afp.tif

Indication filtering and delay


Indications can be filtered or delayed. Filtering
serves to suppress brief changes at the indication Fig. 2/30
input. The indication is passed on only if the indi- SIPROTEC 7SD60
cation voltage is still present after a set period of Numerical current differential protection relay
time. In the case of indication delay, there is a de-
lay for a preset time. The information is passed on
only if the indication voltage is still present after
this time.

Terminals
Indication derivation
Standard relay version with screw-type terminals
A further indication (or a command) can be Current terminals:
derived from an existing indication. Group indi-
cations can also be formed. The volume of infor- Connection Wmax = 12 mm
mation to the system interface can thus be re- Ring cable lugs d1 = 5 mm
duced and restricted to the most important
signals. Wire size 2.7 - 4 mm (AWG 13 - 11)

Voltage terminals:
Data transmission lockout
Connection Wmax = 10 mm
A data transmission lockout can be activated, so as
to prevent transfer of information to the control Ring cable lugs d1 = 4 mm
center during work on a circuit bay. Wire size 1.0 - 2.6 mm (AWG 17 - 13)
LSP2279-afp.tif

Test mode
During commissioning, a test mode can be se-
Convenient setting
lected; all indications then have a test mode suffix
for transmission to the control system. The menu-driven HMI or a PC with DIGSI is used
for setting parameters. These parameters are
stored in a non-volatile memory so that the set- Fig. 2/31
Rear view of the
tings are retained even if the supply voltage is dis- flush mounting housing
connected.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/17


2 Overview

Relay Families Continuous self-monitoring


The hardware and software in the SIPROTEC ‘600
relays are continuously self-monitored. This en-
SIPROTEC ’600 relays sures a very high level of availability and reduces
the need for routine testing.
Beside the relay-specific protection functions,
the SIPROTEC ‘600 series of relays has a number
2 of additional functions for monitoring and fault Circuit-breaker / Trip contact testing
analysis.
For testing of the trip circuits, the circuit-breaker
can be activated via the command relay. The trip
Operational measured values and reclose command contacts can be activated
via the keyboard or via the PC interface. This facil-
Two measured values can be displayed simulta-
itates testing of the trip and close circuits during
neously on the LCD display. More measured
commissioning without the need for additional
values are available for supervision and commis-
test equipment.
sioning purposes depending on the relay type.

Freely assignable inputs and outputs


Improved measurement technique
A number of messages, e.g. blocking of a function
The SIPROTEC ‘600 relays operate fully numeri-
via a binary input or the TRIP command (which is
cally with enhanced algorithms. Due to the nu-
assigned to a command contact) is available
merical processing of measured values, the
within the unit.
influence of higher-frequency transient phenom-
ena and transient DC components is largely sup-
pressed.

Fig. 2/32
Fault record with analog
and binary traces

LSP2369-afpen.tif

Fig. 2/33
Bus communication via
RS485 interface with
DIGSI

2/18 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Commonly used messages are preassigned, so that SIPROTEC 3 relays


normally there is no need to alter the inputs and
SIPROTEC 3 relays are available in 1/3 to 1/1 of
outputs.
19” wide housings with a standard height of
Nonetheless, provision has been made for “OR”
243 mm. Their size is compatible with that of
linking by the user of up to 10 messages to a bi-
SIPROTEC 4 relays. Therefore, mixed installation
nary input. Up to 20 messages can be simulta-
is always possible.
neously assigned to a command and alarm relay
or to a LED. Versions for panel flush and panel surface mount- 2
ing are available.
Fault analysis
Note:
The SlPROTEC ‘600 relays supply detailed data for Suitable SIPROTEC 4 re-
the analysis of faults and for checking of operating lays are now available to
conditions replace most SIPROTEC 3
relays. SIPROTEC 4 relays
• Fault records (Fig. 2/32) should be used in new
substations.
The last 8 fault records can always be displayed. If Assignment for
a new fault occurs, the oldest will be overwritten. SIPROTEC 4 relays see
These records give a detailed description of the page 16/29.
fault in the power system and the reaction of the
SIPROTEC relay, with 1 ms resolution. Each re-
Fig. 2/34
cord is time-stamped and assigned a sequential 1/1 of 19” width
Numerical protection relays
number to easily associate it with the correspond- of the SIPROTEC 3 in 7XP20
ing waveform capture / oscillographic record. The standard housing
last oscillographic fault record is retained within
the relay even on loss of supply voltage.
• Operational indications
This log records up to 30 internal events in the relay
with 1 ms resolution. These events include setting
changes and resets to the relay, binary input activity
and other relay internal activities. They are stored in LSP2281-afp.eps

the status indication buffer. There is also an LCD


display indicating 2 operational measured values.
• Fault event logs 1/3 of 19” width 1/2 of 19” width
The last 8 faults are stored. All fault event logs are
time-stamped with a resolution of 1 ms.
LSP2308-afp.tif

Serial data transmission Terminals


As standard, the units are fitted with an RS485 • Flush-mounting version
interface. This is suitable for connection to a bus Each connection may be made via screw-type ter-
and allows connection of up to 32 units via a minal or crimp contacts. The connection modules
shielded twisted pair of two-wire serial interface Fig. 2/35
used contain: SIPROTEC 3 relays:
(use of a third conductor for earth is recom- Connection method for
– 4 connection points for measured voltages, bi-
mended but not required). panel flush mounting inclu-
nary inputs or relay outputs (max. 1.5 mm2) or ding fiber-optic interfaces
This interface may alternatively be used for two
– 2 connection points for measured currents
different applications:
(screw-type terminals max. wire cross section
• Connection to a PC with the DIGSI operating 4 mm2, crimp contact max. 2.5 mm2) or
program via an RS485/RS232 converter
– 2 FSMA connectors for fiber-optic connection
• Connection to a substation control system using of the serial communication link
the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• Surface-mounting version:
LSP2282-afp.tif

A typical application with a connection to a PC is


shown in Fig. 2/33. The communication compo- – Screw-type terminals (max. wire cross section
nents used for this type of application are de- 7 mm2) for all wired terminals at the top and
scribed in chapter 4. With the IEC 60870-5-103- bottom of the housing
Fig. 2/36
mode, only reduced information and the fault – 2 FMSA connectors for fiber-optic connection Connection method
records are available. Both, DIGSI operation and of the serial communication link at the bottom for panel surface mounting
IEC-protocol at the same time are only available of the housing
in the 7SJ602 device.
Siemens SIP · 2004 2/19
2 Overview

Typical Protection
Schemes
Application Circuit Circuit equipment protected Page
number
2 Cables and overhead lines Radial feeder circuit 2/22
1
2 Ring-main circuit 2/22
3 Switch-onto-fault protection 2/23
4 Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) 2/23
5 Distribution feeder with reclosers 2/23
6 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79) 2/24
7 Parallel feeder circuit 2/24
8 Reverse power monitoring at double infeed 2/25
9 Synchronization function 2/25
10 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed from both ends 2/26
11 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends 2/26
12 Subtransmission line 2/26
13 Transmission line with reactor 2/28
14 Transmission line or cable (with wide-band communication) 2/29
15 Transmission line, breaker-and-a-half terminal 2/30

Transformers 16 Small transformer infeed 2/32


17 Large or important transformer infeed 2/32
18 Dual infeed with single transformer 2/33
19 Parallel incoming transformer feeders 2/33
20 Parallel incoming transformer feeders with bus tie 2/33
21 Three-winding transformer 2/34
22 Autotransformer 2/34
23 Large autotransformer bank 2/35

Motors 24 Small and medium-sized motors < about 1 MW 2/35


25 Large HV motors > about 1 MW 2/36
26 Cold load pickup 2/36

Generators 27 Very small generators < 500 kW 2/37


28 Small generators, typically 1–3 MW 2/37
29 Small generators > 1–3 MW 2/37
30 Medium-sized generators > 5–10 MW
feeding into a network with isolated neutral 2/38
31 Large generators > 50–100 MW 2/39
in generator transformer unit connection
32 Synchronization of generators 2/40

2/20 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Application Circuit Circuit equipment protected Page


number
Busbars Busbar protection by o/c relays with reverse interlocking 2/40
2
33
34 High-impedance busbar protection 2/41
35 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS60 2/41
36 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS5 2/41

Networks 37 Load shedding 2/42


38 Load shedding with rate-of-frequency-change protection 2/42
39 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) 2/42

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/21


2 Overview

Cables and overhead lines


Typical Protection
Schemes
1 Radial feeder circuit

Transformer Notes:
2 protection 1) Auto-reclosure 79 only with overhead lines.
see Fig. 2/54
2) Negative sequence overcurrent protection 46 as
sensitive backup protection against unsymmet-
rical faults.
General hints:
• The relay at the far end (D) is set with shortest
operating time.
Relays further upstream have to be time-graded
against the next downstream relay in steps of
about 0.3 seconds.
• Inverse time or definite time can be selected
according to the following criteria:
Definite time:
Source impedance large compared to the line
impedance, i.e. small current variation between
near and far end faults
Inverse time:
Longer lines, where the fault current is much
Fig. 2/37 *) Alternatives: less at the far end of the line than at the local
7SJ45/46, 7SJ61 end.
Very or extremely inverse time:
Lines where the line impedance is large com-
pared to the source impedance (high difference
Transformer
protection for close-in and remote faults) or lines, where
see Fig. 2/57 coordination with fuses or reclosers is neces-
sary. Steeper characteristics also provide higher
stability on service restoration (cold load pickup
and transformer inrush currents).

2 Ring-main circuit
General hints:
• Operating time of overcurrent relays to be coordi-
nated with downstream fuses of load transformers.
(Preferably very inverse-time characteristic with
about 0.2 s grading-time delay)
• Thermal overload protection for the cables
(option)
• Negative sequence overcurrent protection 46 as
sensitive protection against unsymmetrical faults
(option).

Fig. 2/38
*) Alternatives:
7SJ45/46, 7SJ61

2/22 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

3 Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous tripping
can be effected. If the internal control function is
used (local, via binary input or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is available
without any additional wiring. If the control
switch is connected to a circuit-breaker bypassing 2
the internal control function, manual detection
using a binary input is implemented.

Fig. 2/39

4 Directional comparison protection


(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections fed
from two sources with instantaneous tripping, i.e.
without the disadvantage of time coordination.
The directional comparison protection is suitable
if the distances between the protection stations are
not significant and pilot wires are available for
signal transmission. In addition to the directional
comparison protection, the directional coordi-
nated time-overcurrent protection is used for
complete selective backup protection. If operated
in a closed-circuit connection, an interruption of
the transmission line is detected.

Fig. 2/40

5 Distribution feeder with reclosers


General hints:
• The feeder relay operating characteristics, delay
times and auto-reclosure cycles must be carefully
coordinated with downstream reclosers, sectio-
nalizers and fuses.
The 50/50N instantaneous zone is normally set to
reach out to the first main feeder sectionalizing
point. It has to ensure fast clearing of close-in
faults and prevent blowing of fuses in this area
(“fuse saving”). Fast auto-reclosure is initiated in
this case.
Further time-delayed tripping and reclosure steps
(normally 2 or 3) have to be graded against the
recloser.
• The o/c relay should automatically switch over to
less sensitive characteristics after long breaker in-
terruption times to enable overriding of subse-
quent cold load pickup and transformer inrush
currents.

Fig. 2/41

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/23


2 Overview

Typical Protection 6 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79)


Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-reclo-
Schemes sing of a feeder which has previously been discon-
nected by overcurrent protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ61 allows up to 9 reclosing
shots. The first four dead times can be set individ-
2 ually. Reclosing can be blocked or initiated by a
binary input or internally. After the first trip in a
reclosing sequence, the high-set instantaneous
elements (I>>>, I>>, IE>>) can be blocked. This
is used for fuse saving applications and other simi-
lar transient schemes using simple overcurrent re-
lays instead of fuses. The low-set definite-time (I>,
IE>) and the inverse-time (Ip, IEp) overcurrent ele-
ments remain operative during the entire
sequence.

*) Alternatives:
7SJ60, 7SJ62/63/64
Fig. 2/42

7 Parallel feeder circuit


General hints:
• This circuit is preferably used for the reliable sup-
ply of important consumers without significant
infeed from the load side.
• The 67/67N directional overcurrent protection
trips instantaneously for faults on the protected
line. This saves one time-grading interval for the
o/c relays at the infeed.
• The 51/51N o/c relay functions must be time-
graded against the relays located upstream.

Fig. 2/43

2/24 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

8 Reverse-power monitoring at double infeed


If a busbar is fed from two parallel infeeds and a
fault occurs on one of them, only the faulty infeed
should be tripped selectively to enable supply to
the busbar to continue from the remaining sup-
ply. Unidirectional devices that can detect a
short-circuit current or energy flow from the 2
busbar towards the incoming unit should be used.
Directional time-overcurrent protection is usually
set via the load current. However, it cannot clear
weak-current faults. The reverse-power protection
can be set way lower than the rated power, thus
also detecting the reverse-power flow of weak-cur-
rent faults with fault currents significantly below
the load current.

Fig. 2/44

9 Synchronization function
Note:
1) Also available in relays 7SA6, 7SD5, 7SA522,
7VK61.
General hints:
• When two subnetworks must be interconnected,
the synchronization function monitors whether
the subnetworks are synchronous and can be con-
nected without risk of loosing stability.
• This synchronization function can be applied in
conjunction with the auto-reclosure function as
well as with the control function CLOSE com-
mands (local/remote). Fig. 2/45

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/25


2 Overview

Typical Protection 10 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed


from both ends
Schemes Notes:
1) Auto-reclosure only with overhead lines
2) Differential protection options:
– Type 7SD5 or 7SD610 with direct fiber-
2 optic connection up to about 20 km or via a
64 kbit/s channel (optical fiber, microwave)
– Type 7SD52 or 7SD610 with 7XV5662 (CC-CC)
with 2 and 3 pilot-wires up to about 30 km
– Type 7SD600 with 2 pilot-wires up to 10 km
3) Functions 49 and 79 only with 7SD5 and
7SD610 relays.
4) 7SD600 is a cost-effective solution where only
the function 87L is required (external current
summation transformer 4AM4930 delivered
separately).

Fig. 2/46
11 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed
from both ends
Notes:
1) Teleprotection logic 85 for transfer trip or
blocking schemes. Signal transmission via pilot
wire, power-line carrier, digital network or
optical fiber (to be provided separately). The
teleprotection supplement is only necessary if
fast fault clearance on 100 % line length is re-
quired, i.e. second zone tripping (about 0.3 s
delay) cannot be accepted for far end faults.
For further application hints of teleprotection
schemes, please refer to the table on page 2/27.
2) Directional earth-fault protection 67N with
inverse-time delay against high-resistance faults
3) Single or multishot auto-reclosure 79 only with
overhead lines.

12 Subtransmission line
Note:
Fig. 2/47
1) Connection to open delta winding if available.
Relays 7SA6/522 and 7SJ62 can, however, also
be set to calculate the zero-sequence voltage
internally.
General hints:
• Distance teleprotection is proposed as main, and
time-graded directional overcurrent as backup
protection.
• The 67N function of 7SA6/522 provides addi-
tional high-resistance earth-fault protection.
It can be used in parallel with the 21/21N function.
• Recommended schemes:
PUTT on medium and long lines with phase shift
carrier or other secure communication channel
POTT on short lines.
BLOCKING with On/Off carrier (all line lengths).
Fig. 2/48

2/26 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Application criteria for frequently


used teleprotection schemes

Permissive underreach Permissive overreach Blocking Unblocking


transfer trip (PUTT) transfer trip (POTT)
Preferred Signal Dependable and secure communication channel: Reliable communication Dedicated channel with
application transmission • Power line carrier with frequency shift modulation. channel (only required continuous signal transfer
system during external faults)
2
HF signal coupled to 2 phases of the protected line, • Power line carrier with
or even better, to a parallel circuit to avoid • Power line carrier with frequency shift keying.
transmission of the HF signal through the fault amplitude modulation Continuous signal
location. (ON/OFF). The same transmission must be
• Microwave radio, especially digital (PCM) frequency may be used permitted.
on all terminals)
• Fibre-optic cables
Characteristic Best suited for longer • Excellent coverage on All line types - preferred Same as POTT
of line lines - where the short lines in the presence practice in the USA
underreach zone of fault resistance.
provides sufficient • Suitable for the protection
resistance coverage of multi-terminal lines with
intermediate infeed
Advantages • Simple technique • Can be applied without Same as POTT Same as POTT but:
• No coordination of underreaching zone 1 stage • If no signal is received
zones and times with (eg. overcompensated series (no block and no un-
the opposite end compensated lines) block) then tripping by
required. • Can be applied on extremely the overreach zone is re-
The combination of short lines (impedance less leased after 20 ms
different relay types than minimum relay setting)
therefore presents no • Better for parallel lines as mu-
problems tual coupling is not critical for
the overreach zone
• Weak infeed terminals are no
problem. (Echo and Weak
Infeed logic is included)
Drawbacks • Overlapping of the zone 1 • Zone reach and signal timing Same as POTT Same as POTT
reaches must be ensured. coordination with the remote • Slow tripping - all
On parallel lines, teed feed- end is necessary (current rever- teleprotection trips must
ers and tapped lines, the in- sal) be delayed to wait for the
fluence of zero sequence eventual blocking signal
coupling and intermediate
infeeds must be carefully • Continuous channel moni-
considered to make sure a toring is not possible
minimum overlapping of
the zone 1 reach is always
present.
• Not suitable for weak
infeed terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/27


2 Overview

Typical Protection Teleprotection schemes based on distance relays


therefore have operating times in the order of
Schemes 25 - 30 ms with digital PCM coded communica-
tion. With state-of-the-art two-cycle circuit-
breakers, fault clearing times well below 100 ms
(4 to 5 cycles) can normally be achieved.
13 Transmission line with reactor
2 • Dissimilar carrier schemes are recommended
Notes:
for main 1 and main 2 protection, for example
1) 51N only applicable with earthed reactor
PUTT, and POTT or Blocking/Unblocking.
neutral.
• Both 7SA522 and 7SA6 provide selective
2) If phase CTs at the low-voltage reactor side are
single-pole and/or three-pole tripping and auto-
not available, the high-voltage phase CTs and
reclosure.
the CT in the neutral can be connected to a
The earth-current directional comparison
restricted earth-fault protection using one
protection 67N of the 7SA513 relay uses phase
7VH60 high-impedance relay.
selectors based on symmetrical components.
General hints: Thus, single-pole auto-reclosure can also be
• Distance relays are proposed as main 1 and main 2 executed with high-resistance faults.
protection. Duplicated 7SA513 is recommended The 67N function of the 7SA6/522 relay can
for series-compensated lines. also be used as time-delayed directional over-
• Operating time of the distance relays in the range current backup.
of 15 to 25 ms depending on the particular fault • The 67N functions are provided as high-impe-
condition. dance fault protection. 67N is often used with an
These tripping times are valid for faults in the additional channel as separate carrier scheme. Use
underreaching distance zone (80 to 85 % of the of a common channel with distance protection is
line length). Remote end faults must be cleared only possible if the mode is compatible (e.g.
by the superimposed teleprotection scheme. POTT with directional comparison). The 67N
Its overall operating time depends on the signal may be blocked when function 21/21N picks up.
transmission time of the channel, typically 15 to Alternatively, it can be used as time-delayed
20 ms for frequency shift audio-tone PLC or backup protection.
microwave channels, and lower than 10 ms for
ON/OFF PLC or digital PCM signalling via
optical fibers.

Fig. 2/49

2/28 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

14 Transmission line or cable


(with wide-band communication)
General hints:
• Digital PCM-coded communication
(with n x 64 kBit/s channels) between line ends is
becoming more and more frequently available,
either directly by optical or microwave 2
point-to-point links, or via a general purpose
digital communication network.
In both cases, the relay type current differential
protection 7SD52/61 can be applied. It provides
absolute phase and zone-selectivity by phase-
segregated measurement, and is not affected by
power swing or parallel line zero-sequence cou-
pling effects. It is furthermore a current-only
protection that does not need VT connection.
For this reason, the adverse effects of CVT tran-
sients are not applicable.
This makes it in particular suitable for double
and multi-circuit lines where complex fault sit-
uations can occur.
The 7SD5/61 can be applied to lines up to about
120 km in direct relay-to-relay connection via Fig. 2/50
dedicated optical fiber cores (see also applica-
tion 10), and also to much longer distances up
to about 120 km by using separate PCM devices
for optical fiber or microwave transmission.
The 7SD5/61 then uses only a small part
(64-512 kBit/s) of the total transmission capac-
ity being in the order of Mbits/s.
• The 7SD52/61 protection relays can be combined
with the distance relay 7SA52 or 7SA6 to form a
redundant protection system with dissimilar mea-
suring principles complementing each other. This
provides the highest degree of availability. Also,
separate signal transmission ways should be used
for main 1 and main 2 line protection, e.g. optical
fiber or microwave, and power-line carrier (PLC).
The current comparison protection has a typical
operating time of 15 ms for faults on 100 % line
length including signalling time.
General hints for Fig. 2/51:
• SIPROTEC 7SD5 offers fully redundant differen-
tial and distance relays accommodated in one sin-
gle bay control unit and provides high-speed oper-
ation of both relays and excellent fault coverage,
even under complicated conditions. Precise dis-
tance-to-fault location avoids time consuming line
patrolling and reduces the down time of the line to
a minimum. Fig. 2/51
The high-speed distance relay operates fully in-
dependent from the differential relay. Back-up
zones provide remote back-up for upstream and
downstream lines and other power system com-
ponents.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/29


2 Overview

Typical Protection 2) Overvoltage protection only with 7SA6/52.


General hints:
Schemes • The protection functions of one diameter of a
breaker-and-a-half arrangement are shown.
• The currents of two CTs have each to be summed
15 Transmission line, up to get the relevant line currents as input for
breaker-and-a-half terminal
2 main 1 and 2 line protection.
Notes for Fig. 2/52 and 2/53: The location of the CTs on both sides of the cir-
1) When the line is switched off and the line isola- cuit-breakers is typical for substations with dead-
tor is open, high through-fault currents in the tank circuit-breakers. Live-tank circuit-breakers
diameter may cause maloperation of the dis- may have CTs only on one side to reduce cost. A
tance relay due to unequal CT errors (satura- fault between circuit-breakers and CT (end fault)
tion). may then still be fed from one side even when the
circuit-breaker has opened. Consequently, final
Normal practice is therefore to block the dis-
fault clearing by cascaded tripping has to be ac-
tance protection (21/21N) and the directional
cepted in this case.
earth-fault protection (67N) under this
condition via an auxiliary contact of the line The 7VK61 relay provides the necessary end fault
isolator. Instead, a standby overcurrent func- protection function and trips the circuit-breakers
tion (50/51N, 51/51N) is released to protect the of the remaining infeeding circuits.
remaining stub between the breakers (“stub”
protection).

Fig. 2/52

2/30 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

General hints for Fig. 2/52 and 2/53:


• For the selection of the main 1 and main 2 line
protection schemes, the comments of application
examples 13 and 14 apply.
• Auto-reclosure (79) and synchro-check function
(25) are each assigned directly to the circuit-
breakers and controlled by main 1 and 2 line pro-
tection in parallel. In case of a line fault, both adja-
2
cent circuit-breakers have to be tripped by the line
protection. The sequence of auto-reclosure of both
circuit-breakers or, alternatively, the auto-
reclosure of only one circuit-breaker and the man-
ual closure of the other circuit-breaker, may be
made selectable by a control switch.
• A coordinated scheme of control circuits is neces-
sary to ensure selective tripping interlocking and
reclosing of the two circuit-breakers of one line
(or transformer feeder).
• The voltages for synchro-check have to be selected
according to the circuit-breaker and disconnector
(isolator) position by a voltage replica circuit.
General hints for Fig. 2/53:
• In this optimized application, the 7VK61 is only
used for the center breaker. In the line feeders,
functions 25, 79 and BF are also performed by
transmission line protection 7SA*.

Fig. 2/53

Notes 1) and 2) see page 2/30.

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/31


2 Overview

Transformers
Typical Protection
Schemes
16 Small transformer infeed
General hints:
2 • Earth faults on the secondary side are detected by
current relay 51N which, however, has to be time-
graded against downstream feeder protection re-
lays.
The restricted earth-fault relay 87N can optionally
be applied to achieve fast clearance of earth faults
in the transformer secondary winding.
Relay 7VH60 is of the high-impedance type and
requires class X CTs with equal transformation
ratio.
• Primary circuit-breaker and relay may be replaced
by fuses.

Fig. 2/54

17 Large or important transformer infeed


General hint:
• Relay 7UT612 provides numerical ratio and vector
group adaptation. Matching transformers as used
with traditional relays are therefore no longer ap-
plicable.
Notes:
1) If an independent high-impedance-type
earth-fault function is required, the 7VH60
earth-fault relay can be used instead of the 87N
inside the 7UT612. However, class X CT cores
would additionally be necessary in this case.
(See small transformer protection)
2) 51 and 51N may be provided in a separate
7SJ60 if required.

Fig. 2/55

2/32 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

18 Dual infeed with single transformer


General hints:
• Line CTs are to be connected to separate stabiliz-
ing inputs of the differential relay 87T in order to
assure stability in case of line through-fault cur-
rents.
• Relay 7UT613 provides numerical ratio and vector 2
group adaptation. Matching transformers, as used
with traditional relays, are therefore no longer ap-
plicable.

Fig. 2/56

19 Parallel incoming transformer feeders


Note:
1) The directional functions 67 and 67N do
not apply for cases where the transformers
are equipped with transformer differential
relays 87T.

Fig. 2/57

20 Parallel incoming transformer feeders


with bus tie
General hints:
• Overcurrent relay 51, 51N each connected as a
partial differential scheme. This provides simple
and fast busbar protection and saves one time-
grading step.

Fig. 2/58

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/33


2 Overview

Typical Protection 21 Three-winding transformer


Notes:
Schemes 1) The zero-sequence current must be blocked be-
fore entering the differential relay with a delta
winding in the CT connection on the trans-
former sides with earthed starpoint. This is to
2 avoid false operation during external earth
faults (numerical relays provide this function
by calculation). About 30 % sensitivity, how-
ever, is then lost in case of internal faults.
Optionally, the zero-sequence current can be
regained by introducing the winding neutral
current in the differential relay (87T). Relay
type 7UT613 provides two current inputs for
this purpose. By using this feature, the earth-
fault sensitivity can be upgraded again to its
original value.
Restricted earth-fault protection (87T) is op-
tional. It provides backup protection for earth
faults and increased earth-fault sensitivity
(about 10 % IN, compared to about 20 to 30 %
IN of the transformer differential relay).
Separate class X CT-cores with equal transmis-
sion ratio are additionally required for this pro-
tection.
2) High impedance and O/C in one 7SJ61.
General hint:
• In this example, the transformer feeds two differ-
ent distribution networks with cogeneration.
Restraining differential relay inputs are therefore
Fig. 2/59 provided at each transformer side.
If both distribution networks only consume load
and no through-feed is possible from one MV net-
work to the other, parallel connection of the CTs
of the two MV transformer windings is admissible
allowing the use of a two-winding differential relay
(7UT612).

22 Autotransformer
Notes:
1) 87N high-impedance protection requires spe-
cial class X current transformer cores with
equal transformation ratio.
2) The 7SJ60 relay can alternatively be connected
in series with the 7UT613 relay to save this CT
core.

General hint:
• Two different protection schemes are provided:
87T is chosen as low-impedance three-winding
version (7UT613). 87N is a single-phase high-
impedance relay (7VH60) connected as restricted
earth-fault protection. (In this example, it is as-
Fig. 2/60 sumed that the phase ends of the transformer
winding are not accessible on the neutral side, i.e.
there exists a CT only in the neutral earthing con-
nection.)

2/34 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

23 Large autotransformer bank


General hints:
• The transformer bank is connected in a
1½ circuit-breaker arrangement.
Duplicated differential protection is proposed:
Main 1: Low-impedance differential protection
87TL (7UT613) connected to the transformer 2
bushing CTs.
Main 2: High-impedance differential overall
protection 87TL (7VH60). Separate class X
cores and equal CT ratios are required for this
type of protection.
• Backup protection is provided by distance protec-
tion relay (7SA52 and 7SA6), each “looking” with
an instantaneous first zone about 80 % into the
transformer and with a time-delayed zone beyond
the transformer
• The tertiary winding is assumed to feed a small
station supply network with isolated neutral.

Fig. 2/61
Motors

24 Small and medium-sized motors


< about 1 MW
a)With effective or low-resistance
earthed infeed (IE ≥ IN Motor)
General hint:
• Applicable to low-voltage motors and high-vol-
tage motors with low-resistance earthed infeed
Fig. 2/62
(IE ≥ IN Motor)

b) With high-resistance earthed infeed


(IE ≤ IN Motor)
Notes:
1) Core-balance CT.
2) Sensitive directional earth-fault protection
67N only applicable with infeed from isolated
or Peterson-coil-earthed network
(For dimensioning of the sensitive directional
earth-fault protection, see also application
circuit No. 30)
3) The 7SJ602 relay can be applied for isolated and
compensated networks. Fig. 2/63

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/35


2 Overview

Typical Protection 25 Large HV motors > about 1 MW


Notes:
Schemes 1) Core-balance CT.
2) Sensitive directional earth-fault protection
67N only applicable with infeed from isolated
or Peterson-coil-earthed network
2
3) This function is only needed for motors where
the startup time is longer than the safe stall time
tE. According to IEC 60079-7, the tE-time is the
time needed to heat up AC windings, when car-
rying the starting current IA, from the
temperature reached in rated service and at
maximum ambient temperature to the limiting
temperature. A separate speed switch is used to
supervise actual starting of the motor. The mo-
tor circuit-breaker is tripped if the motor does
not reach speed in the preset time. The speed
switch is part of the motor supply itself.
4) Pt100, Ni100, Ni120
5) 49T only available with external temperature
monitoring device (7XV5662)

Fig. 2/64

26 Cold load pickup


By means of a binary input which can be wired
from a manual close contact, it is possible to
switch the overcurrent pickup settings to less sen-
sitive settings for a programmable amount of
time. After the set time has expired, the pickup
settings automatically return to their original set-
ting. This can compensate for initial inrush when
energizing a circuit without compromising the
sensitivity of the overcurrent elements during
steady state conditions.

Fig. 2/65

2/36 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Generators

27 Very small generators < 500 kW


(Fig. 2/66 and 2/67)
Note:
2
1) If a core-balance CT is provided for sensitive
earth-fault protection, relay 7SJ602 with sepa-
rate earth-current input can be used.

28 Small generators, typically 1–3 MW


(Fig. 2/68)
Note:
1) Two VTs in V connection are also sufficient.

Fig. 2/68
29 Small generators > 1–3 MW
(Fig. 2/69)
Notes:
1) Functions 81 and 59 are only required where
prime mover can assume excess speed and the
voltage regulator may permit rise of output
voltage above upper limit.
2) Differential relaying options:
– Low-impedance differential protection 87.
– Restricted earth-fault protection with low ohmic
resistance-earthed neutral (see Fig. 2/67).

Fig. 2/66
With solidly-
earthed neutral

Fig. 2/69

Fig. 2/67
With resistance-earthed neutral

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/37


2 Overview

Typical Protection For the most sensitive setting of 2 mA, we there-


fore need 20 mA secondary earth current, corre-
Schemes sponding to (60/1) x 20 mA = 1.2 A primary
If sufficient capacitive earth current is not avail-
able, an earthing transformer with resistive
29 Medium-sized generators > 5–10 MW
zero-sequence load can be installed as earth-
feeding into a network with isolated neutral
current source at the station busbar.
2 (Fig. 2/70)
The smallest standard earthing transformer
Relay earth-current Minimum relay setting: Comments: TGAG 3541 has a 20 s short time rating of
input connected to: SG = 27 kVA
Core-balance CT 60/1 A: In a 5 kV network, it would deliver:
1 single CT 2 mA
2 parallel CTs 5 mA
3 ⋅ SG 3 ⋅ 27,000 VA
3 parallel Cts 8 mA I G 20 s = = = 9.4 A
4 parallel CTs 12 mA VN 5000 V
Three-phase CTs in 1 A CT: 50 mA In general not suitable
residual (Holmgreen) 5 A CT: 200 mA for sensitive earth-fault corresponding to a relay input current of
connection protection 9.4 A x 1/60 A = 156 mA. This would provide a
Three-phase CTs in 2 - 3 ‰ of secondary 1 A CTs are not
90 % protection range with a setting of about
residual (Holmgreen) rated CT current In SEC recommended in 15 mA, allowing the use of 4 parallel connected
connection with special 10 - 15 mA with 5 A CTs this case core-balance CTs. The resistance at the 500 V
factory calibration to open-delta winding of the earthing transformer
minimum residual false would then have to be designed for
currents (≤ 2 mA)
RB = V2SEC /SG = 500 V2 / 27,000 VA = 9.26 Ω
General hints:
(27 kW, 20 s).
• The setting range of the directional earth-fault
For a 5 MVA machine and 600/5 A CTs with
protection 67N in the 7UM6 relay is 2–1000 mA.
special calibration for minimum residual false
Depending on the current transformer accuracy
current, we would get a secondary current of
a certain minimum setting is required to avoid
IG SEC = 9.4 A/ (600/5) = 78 mA.
false operation on load or transient currents.
With a relay setting of 12 mA, the protection
• In practice, efforts are generally made to protect
 12 
about 90 % of the machine winding, measured range would in this case be 100 1 −  = 85 %.
 78 
from the machine terminals. The full earth current
Notes:
for a terminal fault must then be ten times the set-
See following page
ting value which corresponds to the fault current
of a fault at 10 % distance from the machine neu-
tral.

Fig. 2/70

2/38 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Notes to Fig. 2/70:


1) The standard core-balance CT 7XR96 has a
transformation ratio of 60/1 A.
2) Instead of an open-delta winding at the
terminal VT, a single-phase VT at the machine
neutral could be used as zero-sequence polariz-
ing voltage.
2
3) The earthing transformer is designed for a
short-time rating of 20 seconds. To prevent
overloading, the load resistor is automatically
switched off by a time-delayed zero-sequence
voltage relay (59N + 62) and a contactor (52).
4) During the startup time of the generator with
open circuit-breaker the earthing source is not
available. To ensure earth-fault protection
during this time interval, an auxiliary contact of
the circuit-breaker can be used to change over
the directional earth-fault relay function (67N)
to a zero-sequence voltage detection function
via binary input.

31 Large generators > 50 - 100 MW


in generator transformer unit connection
(Fig. 2/71)
Notes:
1) 100 % stator earth-fault protection based on
20 Hz voltage injection
2) Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection based on
1–3 Hz voltage injection
3) Non-electrical signals can be incoupled in the
protection via binary inputs (BI)
4) Only used functions shown, further integrated
functions available in each relay type
(see Product Selection, pages 1/2 – 1/5).

Fig. 2/71

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/39


2 Overview

Typical Protection 32 Synchronization of a generator


Fig. 2/72 shows a typical connection for synchro-
Schemes nizing a generator. Paralleling device 7VE6 ac-
quires the line and generator voltage, and
calculates the differential voltage, frequency and
phase angle. If these values are within a permitted
2 range, an CLOSE command is output after a spec-
ified circuit-breaker make time. If these variables
are out of range, the paralleling device automati-
cally sends a command to the voltage and speed
controller. For example, if the frequency is outside
the range, an actuation command is sent to the
speed controller. If the voltage is outside the
range, the voltage controller is activated.

Fig. 2/72
Busbars

33 Busbar protection by o/c relays


with reverse interlocking
General hint:
• Applicable to distribution busbars without sub-
stantial (< 0.25 x IN) backfeed from the outgoing
feeders.

Fig. 2/73

2/40 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

34 High-impedance busbar protection


General hints:
• Normally used with single busbar and
1½ breaker schemes.
• Requires separate class X current transformer
cores. All CTs must have the same transformation
ratio. 2
Note:
1) A varistor is normally applied across the relay
input terminals to limit the voltage to a value
safely below the insulation voltage of the sec-
ondary circuits (see page 2/51).

Fig. 2/74

35 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS60


General hints:
• Normally used with single busbar,
1½ breaker and double busbar schemes.
• Different CT transformation ratios can be adapted
by matching transformers.
• Unlimited number of feeders.
• Feeder protection can be connected to the same
CT core.

Fig. 2/75

36 Low-impedance busbar protection


7SS52
General hints:
• Preferably used for multiple busbar schemes
where an isolator replica is necessary.
• The numerical busbar protection 7SS5 provides
additional breaker failure protection.
• CT transformation ratios can be different, e.g.
600/1 A in the feeders and 2000/1 A at the bus tie.
• The protection system and the isolator replica are
continuously self-monitored by the 7SS52.
• Feeder protection can be connected to the same
CT core.

Fig. 2/76
Siemens SIP · 2004 2/41
2 Overview

Networks
Typical Protection
37 Load shedding
Schemes (Fig. 2/77 and 2/79)
In unstable networks (e.g. solitary networks,
emergency power supply in hospitals), it may be
necessary to isolate selected loads from the net-
2 work to prevent overload of the overall network.
The overcurrent-time protection functions are
effective only in the case of a short-circuit.
Overloading of the generator can be measured as
a frequency or voltage drop.
(Protection functions 27 and 81 available in
Fig. 2/77 7RW600 and 7SJ6..)

38 Load shedding
with rate-of-frequency-change protection
(Fig. 2/78)
The rate-of-frequency-change protection calcu-
lates, from the measured frequency, the gradient
or frequency change df/dt. It is thus possible to de-
tect and record any major active power loss in the
power system, to disconnect certain consumers
accordingly, and to restore the system to stability.
Unlike frequency protection, rate-of-frequency-
change protection already reacts before the fre-
quency threshold is undershot. To ensure effective
protection settings, it is recommended to consider
Fig. 2/78
requirements throughout the power system as a
whole. The rate-of-frequency-change protection
function can also be used for the purposes of sys-
tem decoupling.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection can also be
enabled by an underfrequency state.

Fig. 2/79

2/42 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

39 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)


(Fig. 2/80)
One or two binary inputs can be used for the trip
circuit supervision.

Fig. 2/80

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/43


2 Overview

Protection Coordination Phase-fault o/c relays


The pickup values of phase o/c relays are normally
set 30 % above the maximum load current, provided
that sufficient short-circuit current is available.
This practice is recommended in particular for
Peak value of inrush current mechanical relays with reset ratios of 0.8 to 0.85.
2 Numerical relays have high reset ratios near 0.95
and allow therefore about 10 % lower setting.
Feeders with high transformer and/or motor load
require special consideration.

Transformer feeders
The energizing of transformers causes inrush cur-
rents that may last for seconds, depending on their
size (Fig. 2/81).
Selection of the pickup current and assigned time
delay have to be coordinated so that the inrush
current decreases below the relay o/c reset value
before the set operating time has elapsed.
The inrush current typically contains only about
50 % fundamental frequency component.
Numerical relays that filter out harmonics and the
DC component of the inrush current can there-
fore be set more sensitive. The inrush current peak
Time constant of inrush current values of Fig. 2/81 will be reduced more than to
Nominal power 0.5 … 1.0 1.0 … 10 > 10
one half in this case.
(MVA) Some digital relay types have an inrush detection
Time constant 0.16 … 0.2 0.2 … 1.2 1.2 … 720 function which may block the trip of the over-
(s) current protection resulting from inrush currents.
Fig. 2/81
Earth-fault protection relays
Earth-current relays enable a much more sensitive
Typical applications and functions
setting, as load currents do not have to be considered
Relay operating characteristics and their setting (except 4-wire circuits with single-phase load). In
must be carefully coordinated in order to achieve solidly and low-resistance earthed systems a setting
selectivity. The aim is basically to switch off only of 10 to 20 % rated load current can generally be ap-
the faulted component and to leave the rest of the plied. High-resistance earthing requires much more
power system in service in order to minimize sup- sensitive setting in the order of some amperes pri-
ply interruptions and to assure stability. mary. The earth-fault current of motors and gen-
erators, for example, should be limited to values
Sensitivity below 10 A in order to avoid iron burning.
Protection should be as sensitive as possible to Residual-current relays in the star point connec-
detect faults at the lowest possible current level. tion of CTs can in this case not be used, in partic-
At the same time, however, it should remain ular with rated CT primary currents higher than
stable under all permissible load, overload and 200 A. The pickup value of the zero-sequence re-
through-fault conditions. For further information lay would in this case be in the order of the error
see: http://www.siemens.com/systemplanning. currents of the CTs.
The Siemens engineering programs SINCAL and A special core-balance CT is therefore used in this
SIGRADE are especially designed for selective case as earth-current sensor. The core-balance CT
protection grading of protection relay systems. 7XR96 is designed for a ratio of 60/1 A. The detec-
They provide short-circuit calculations, interna- tion of 6 A primary would then require a relay
tional standard characteristics of relays, fuses and pickup setting of 0.1 A secondary. An even more sen-
circuit-breakers for easy protection grading with sitive setting is applied in isolated or Peterson-
respect to motor starting, inrush phenomena and coil-earthed networks where very low earth currents
equipment damage curves. occur with single-phase-to-earth faults. Settings of
20 mA and less may then be required depending on
the minimum earth-fault current. Sensitive direc-
tional earth-fault relays (integrated in the relays
7SJ62, 63 and 7SA6) allow settings as low as 5 mA.
2/44 Siemens SIP · 2004
2 Overview

Motor feeders
The energization of motors causes a starting
current of initially 5 to 6 times the rated current
(locked rotor current).
A typical time-current curve for an induction mo-
tor is shown in Fig. 2/82.
2
In the first 100 ms, a fast decaying asymmetrical
inrush current appears additionally. With conven-
tional relays it was common practice to set the in-
stantaneous overcurrent stage of the short-
circuit protection 20 to 30 % above the locked-
rotor current with a short time delay of 50 to
100 ms to override the asymmetrical inrush
period.
Numerical relays are able to filter out the asym-
metrical current component very rapidly so that
the setting of an additional time delay is no longer
Fig. 2/82
applicable.
Typical motor current-time
The overload protection characteristic should fol- characteristics
low the thermal motor characteristic as closely as
possible. The adaptation is made by setting the Differential relay (87)
pickup value and the thermal time constant, using
the data supplied by the motor manufacturer. Transformer differential relays are normally set to
Further, the locked-rotor protection timer has to pickup values between 20 and 30 % of the rated
be set according to the characteristic motor value. current. The higher value has to be chosen when
the transformer is fitted with a tap changer.
Time grading of o/c relays (51) Restricted earth-fault relays and high-resistance
motor / generator differential relays are, as a rule,
The selectivity of overcurrent protection is based set to about 10 % of the rated current.
on time grading of the relay operating characteris-
tics. The relay closer to the infeed (upstream relay)
lnstantaneous overcurrent protection (50)
is time-delayed against the relay further away
from the infeed (downstream relay). The calcula- This is typically applied on the final supply load or
tion of necessary grading times is shown in Fig. on any protection relay with sufficient circuit im-
2/84 by an example for definite-time overcurrent pedance between itself and the next downstream
relays. protection relay. The setting at transformers, for
The overshoot times take into account the fact example, must be chosen about 20 to 30 % higher
that the measuring relay continues to operate due than the maximum through-fault current. The re-
to its inertia, even when the fault current is inter- lay must remain stable during energization of the
rupted. This may be high for mechanical relays transformer.
(about 0.1 s) and negligible for numerical relays
(20 ms).

Inverse-time relays (51)


For the time grading of inverse-time relays, in
principle the same rules apply as for the definite-
time relays. The time grading is first calculated for
the maximum fault level and then checked for
lower current levels (Fig. 2/83).
If the same characteristic is used for all relays, or
when the upstream relay has a steeper characteris-
tic (e.g. very much over normal inverse), then
selectivity is automatically fulfilled at lower Fig. 2/83
currents. Coordination of inverse-time relays

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/45


2 Overview

Protection Coordination Calculation example


The feeder configuration of Fig. 2/85 and the asso-
ciated load and short-circuit currents are given.
Numerical o/c relays 7SJ60 with normal inverse-
time characteristic are applied.
The relay operating times, depending on current,
2 can be derived from the diagram or calculated
with the formula given in Fig. 2/86.
The Ip/IN settings shown in Fig. 2/85 have been
chosen to get pickup values safely above maxi-
mum load current.
This current setting shall be lowest for the relay
farthest downstream. The relay further upstream
shall each have equal or higher current setting.
The time multiplier settings can now be calculated
as follows:
Station C:
• For coordination with the fuses, we consider the
fault in location F1.
The short-circuit current Iscc. max. related to
13.8 kV is 523 A.
This results in 7.47 for I/Ip at the o/c relay in
Time grading location C.
trs = t51M – t51F = t52F + tOS + tM • With this value and Tp = 0.05 we derive from
Example 1 tTG =0.10 s + 0.15 s + 0.15 s = 0.40 s Fig. 2/86 an operating time of tA = 0.17 s.
Oil circuit-breaker t52F = 0.10 s This setting was selected for the o/c relay to get a
safe grading time over the fuse on the transformer
Mechanical relays tOS = 0.15 s
low-voltage side.
Safety margin for The setting values for the relay at station C are
measuring errors etc.: tM = 0.15 s
therefore:
Example 2 tTG =0.08 + 0.02 + 0.10 = 0.20 s • Pickup current: Ip/IN = 0.7
Vacuum circuit-breaker t52F = 0.08 s • Time multiplier: Tp = 0.05
Fig. 2/84 Numerical relays tOS = 0.02 s Station B:
Time grading of
overcurrent-time relays Safety margin tM = 0.10 s
The relay in B has a primary protection function
for line B-C and a backup function for the relay in C.
The maximum through-fault current of 1.395 A
becomes effective for a fault in location F2.
For the relay in C, we obtain an operating time of
0.11 s (I/Ip = 19.93).
We assume that no special requirements for short
operating times exist and can therefore choose an
average time grading interval of 0.3 s. The operat-
ing time of the relay in B can then be calculated.
I SCC. max
Station Max. Load ISCC. max:* CT ratio Ip/IN** Iprim*** I/Ip = • tB = 0.11 + 0.3 = 0.41 s
A A I prim
1395 A
• Value of Ip/IN = = 6.34 (see Fig. 2/85)
A 300 4500 400/5 1.0 400 11.25 220 A
B 170 2690 200/5 1.1 220 12.23 • With the operating time 0.41 s and Ip/IN = 6.34,
we can now derive Tp = 0.11 from Fig. 2/86.
C 50 1395 100/5 0.7 70 19.93

D – 523 – – – – *) ISCC.max = Maximum short-circuit current


**) Ip/IN = Relay current multiplier setting
Fig. 2/85 Time grading of inverse-time relays for a radial feeder ***) Iprim = Primary setting current corresponding to Ip/IN

2/46 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

The setting values for the relay at station B are: The normal way
• Pickup current: Ip/IN = 1.1 To prove the selectivity over the whole range of
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.11 possible short-circuit currents, it is normal
practice to draw the set of operating curves in a
Given these settings, we can also check the operat- common diagram with double log scales. These
ing time of the relay in B for a close-in fault in F3: diagrams can be calculated manually and drawn
The short-circuit current increases in this case to point-by-point or constructed by using templates.
2690 A (see Fig. 2/85). 2
The corresponding I/Ip value is 12.23. Today, computer programs are also available for
this purpose. Fig. 2/87 shows the relay coordina-
• With this value and the set value of Tp = 0.11 tion diagram for the example selected, as calcu-
we obtain again an operating time of 0.3 s lated by the Siemens program SIGRADE
(see Fig. 2/86). (Siemens Grading Program). For further
information please see:
Station A: http://www.siemens.com/systemplanning
• We add the time grading interval of 0.3 s
and find the desired operating time Note:
tA = 0.3 + 0.3 = 0.6 s. To simplify calculations, only inverse-time char-
Following the same procedure as for the relay in acteristics have been used for this example. About
station B, we obtain the following values for the 0.1 s shorter operating times could have been
relay in station A: reached for high-current faults by additionally
applying the instantaneous zones I>> of the 7SJ60
• Pickup current: Ip/IN = 1.0 relays.
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.17
• For the close-in fault at location F4 we obtain an Coordination of o/c relays with fuses
operating time of 0.48 s. and low-voltage trip devices
The procedure is similar to the above-described
Normal inverse grading of o/c relays. A time interval between 0.1
0.14 and 0.2 seconds is usually sufficient for a safe time
t= ⋅ Tp ( s) coordination.
(I I )
0 .02
p −1
Very and extremely inverse characteristics are of-
ten more suitable than normal inverse characteris-
tics in this case. Fig. 2/88 shows typical examples.
Simple distribution grid stations use a power fuse
on the secondary side of the supply transformers
(Fig. 2/88a).
In this case, the operating characteristic of the
o/c relay at the infeed has to be coordinated with
the fuse curve.
Very inverse characteristics may be used with ex-
pulsion-type fuses (fuse cutouts) while extremely
inverse versions adapt better to current limiting
fuses.
In any case, the final decision should be made by
plotting the curves in the log-log coordination
diagram.
Electronic trip devices of LV breakers have long-
delay, short-delay and instantaneous zones.
Numerical o/c relays with one inverse-time and
two definite-time zones can closely be adapted to
this (Fig. 2/88b).
Fig. 2/86
Normal inverse-time
characteristic of the 7SJ60 relay

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/47


2 Overview

Protection Coordination

Setting range Setting


Ip = 0.10 - 4.00 IN Ip = 1.0 IN
2 Tp = 0.05 - 3.2 s Tp = 0.17 s
I>> = 0.1 - 25 IN I>> = ∞

Ip = 0.10 - 4.00 IN Ip = 1.0 IN


Tp = 0.05 - 3.2 s Tp = 0.11 s
I>> = 0.1 - 25 IN I>> = ∞

Ip = 0.10 - 4.00 IN Ip = 0.7 IN


Tp = 0.05 - 3.2 s Tp = 0.05 s
I>> = 0.1 - 25 IN I>> = ∞

HRC fuse 160 A

Fig. 2/87 O/c time grading diagram

a) b)

Fig. 2/88
Coordination of an o/c relay with an MV fuse
and low-voltage breaker trip device

2/48 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

Z1A = 0.85 · ZLA-B


Z2A = 0.85 · (ZLA-B + Z1B)
Z2A = 0.85 · (ZLA-B + Z2B)

Fig. 2/89 Grading of distance zones 2

Coordination of distance relays Grading of zone times


The distance relay setting must take into account The first zone normally operates undelayed. For
the limited relay accuracy including transient the grading of the time delays of the second and
overreach (5 % according to IEC 60255-6), the CT third zones, the same rules as for o/c relays apply
error (1 % for class 5P and 3 % for class 10P) and (see Fig. 2/84).
a security margin of about 5 %. Further, the line
For the quadrilateral characteristics (relays 7SA6
parameters are often only calculated, not mea-
and 7SA5) only the reactance values (X values)
sured. This is a further source of errors. A setting
have to be considered for the protected zone
of 80-85 % is therefore common practice; 80 % is
setting. The setting of the R values should cover
used for mechanical relays while 85 % can be used
the line resistance and possible arc or fault
for the more accurate numerical relays.
resistances. The arc resistance can be roughly
Where measured line or cable impedances are estimated as follows:
available, the protected zone setting may be ex-
2.5 ⋅ l arc
tended to 90 %. The second and third zones have
to keep a safety margin of about 15 to 20 % to the
RArc =
I SCC Min
[Ω]
corresponding zones of the following lines. The
larc = arc length in mm
shortest following line has always to be considered
(Fig. 2/89). ISCC Min = minimum short-circuit current in kA
As a general rule, the second zone should at least • Typical settings of the ratio R/X are:
reach 20 % over the next station to ensure backup
– Short lines and cables (≤ 10 km): R/X = 2 to 6
for busbar faults, and the third zone should cover
– Medium line lengths < 25 km: R/X = 2
the longest following line as backup for the line
– Longer lines 25 to 50 km: R/X = 1
protection.

Shortest feeder protectable by distance relays


The shortest feeder that can be protected by
underreaching distance zones without the need
for signaling links depends on the shortest settable
relay reactance.
VT
XPrim Min = X Relay Min ⋅ ratio
CTratio

X Prim Min
l min =

X Line

The shortest setting of the numerical Siemens re-


lays is 0.05 Ω for 1 A relays, corresponding to
0.01 Ω for 5 A relays.
This allows distance protection of distribution
cables down to the range of some 500 meters.

Fig. 2/90
Operating characteristics
of Siemens distance relays

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/49


2 Overview

Protection Coordination The reset time is 1 cycle for EHV relays (7SA6/52,
7SV512) and 1.5 to 2 cycles for distribution type
relays (7SJ***).
Fig. 2/92 shows the time chart for a typical breaker
failure protection scheme. The stated times in
parentheses apply for transmission system protec-
tion and the times in square brackets for distribu-
2 tion system protection.

High-impedance differential protection:


Verification of design

The following design data must be established:


CT data
Fig. 2/91
Breaker failure logic The CTs must all have the same ratio and should
be of low leakage flux design according to
Class TPS of IEC 60044-6 (Class X of BS 3938).
The excitation characteristic and the secondary
winding resistance are to be provided by the
manufacturer.
The knee-point voltage of the CT must be at least
twice the relay pickup voltage to assure depend-
able operation with internal faults.
Differential relay
The differential relay must be a high-impedance
relay designed as sensitive current relay (7VH60:
20 mA) with shunt resistor. If the shunt resistor is
integrated in the relay, the setting values may be
directly calibrated in volts, as with the relay
7VH60 (6 to 60 V or 24 to 240 V)

Fig. 2/92 Sensitivity


Breaker failure protection setting For the relay to operate in case of an internal fault,
Time coordination of
BF time setting
Most numerical relays in this guide provide the primary current must reach a minimum value
breaker failure (BF) protection as an integral func- to supply the set relay pickup current (IR-set), the
tion. The initiation of the BF protection by the in- varistor leakage current (Ivar) and the magnetizing
ternal protection functions then takes place via currents of all parallel-connected CTs. Low relay
software logic. However, the BF protection func- voltage setting and CTs with low magnetizing de-
tion may also be initiated from external via binary mand therefore increase the protection sensitivity.
inputs by an alternate protection. In this case the Stability during external faults
operating time of intermediate relays (BFI time) This check is made by assuming an external fault
may have to be considered. Finally, the tripping of with maximum through-fault current and full
the infeeding breakers requires auxiliary relays saturation of the CT in the faulted feeder. The sat-
which add a small time delay (BFI) to the overall urated CT is then substituted with its secondary
fault clearing time. This is in particular the case winding resistance RCT and the appearing relay
with 1½-breaker or ring bus arrangements where voltage VR corresponds to the voltage drop of the
a separate breaker failure relay (7SV600 or infeeding currents (through-fault current) across
7SV512) is used per breaker (see application ex- RCT and RL. The current at the relay must, under
ample 15). this condition, stay reliably below the relay pickup
The decisive criterion of BF protection time coor- value.
dination is the reset time of the current detector In practice, the wiring resistances RL may not be
(50BF) which must not be exceeded under any equal. In this case, the worst condition with the
condition during normal current interruption. highest relay voltage (corresponding to the highest
The reset times specified in the Siemens numerical relay current) must be sought by considering all
relay manuals are valid for the worst-case condi- possible external feeder faults.
tion: interruption of a fully offset short-circuit
current and low current pickup setting (0.1 to 0.2
times rated CT current).
2/50 Siemens SIP · 2004
2 Overview

Setting
The setting is always a trade-off between sensitiv-
ity and stability. A higher voltage setting leads not
only to enhanced through-fault stability, but also
to higher CT magnetizing and varistor leakage
currents resulting consequently in a higher pri-
mary pickup current.
2
A higher voltage setting also requires a higher
Fig. 2/93
knee-point voltage of the CTs and therefore
Principal connection
greater size of the CTs. diagram
A sensitivity of 10 to 20 % IN is normal for motor
and transformer differential protection, or for Sensitivity:
restricted earth-fault protection. IFmin = N ⋅ (IRset + IVar + n · ImR)

With busbar protection a pickup value ≥ IN is Stability:


normally applied. RR
I F max. Through > N ⋅ ⋅ I Rset
An increased pickup value can be achieved by RL + RCT
connecting a resistor in parallel to the relay. N = CT ratio
IRset = Set relay pickup current VK = CT knee-point
Varistor IVar = Varistor spill current voltage
Voltage limitation by a varistor is needed if peak ImR = CT magnetizing current at relay pickup VR = RR ⋅ IRset
voltages near or above the insulation voltage voltage VK = ≥ 2 ⋅ VR
(2 kV) are expected. A limitation to 1500 Vrms is
then recommended. Voltage limitation by a varistor is required if:
VRmax = 2 2VK(VF − VKN ) > 15
. kV
This can be checked for the maximum internal
fault current by applying the formula shown for I F max Through
with VF (RCT + 2 ⋅ RL + RR )
VR max. N

A restricted earth-fault protection may normally Calculation example:


not require a varistor but a busbar protection in Given: n = 8 feeders
general does.
N = 600/1 A
The electrical varistor characteristic can be ex- VK = 500 V
pressed as V = K ⋅ IB where K and B are the RCT = 4 Ω
varistor constants.
ImR = 30 mA (at relay setpoint)
RL = 3 Ω
Relay setting K B Varistor type IRset = 20 mA
Vrms RR = 10 kΩ
≤ 125 450 0.25 600 A /S1/S256 IVar = 50 mA (at relay setpoint)
125 – 240 900 0.25 600 A /S1/S1088
Sensitivity
IFmin = N (IRset + IVar + n · ImR)
600
IFmin = ⋅ (0.02 + 0.05 + 8 x 0.03)
1
IFmin = 186 A (31 % IN)

Stability:
RR
IF max Through <N ⋅ ⋅ I Rset
RL + RCT
600 10 ,000
IF max Through < ⋅ ⋅ 0.02
1 3+ 4
IF max Through < 17 kA (28 x IN)

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/51


2 Overview

Protection Coordination Protection cores


The size of the protection core depends mainly on
the maximum short-circuit current and the total
Instrument transformers burden (internal CT burden, plus burden of con-
nected lines plus relay burden).
Instrument transformers
Furthermore, an overdimensioning factor has to
2 Instrument transformers must comply with the be considered to cover the influence of the DC
applicable IEC recommendations IEC 60044, component in the short-circuit current.
formerly IEC 60185 (CT) and 60186 (PT),
In general, an accuracy of 1 % in the range of 1 to
ANSI/IEEE C57.13 or other comparable stan-
2 times nominal current (class 5 P) is specified.
dards.
The accuracy limiting factor KnALF should nor-
mally be selected so that at least the maximum
Potential transformers short-circuit current can be transmitted without
Potential transformers (PT) in single or double- saturation (DC component not considered).
pole design for all primary voltages have typical This results, as a rule, in rated accuracy limiting
single or dual secondary windings of 100, 110 or factors of 10 or 20 depending on the rated burden
115 V/ 3 with output ratings between 10 and of the CT in relation to the connected burden. A
300 VA, and accuracies of 0.2, 0.5 or 1 % to suit typical specification for protection cores for distri-
the particular application. Primary BIL values are bution feeders is 5P10, 10 VA or 5P20, 5 VA.
selected to match those of the associated
The requirements for protective current trans-
switchgear.
formers for transient performance are specified in
IEC 60044-6.
Current transformers
In many practical cases, iron-core CTs cannot be
Current transformers (CT) are usually of the designed to avoid saturation under all circum-
single-ratio type with wound or bar-type prima- stances because of cost and space reasons, particu-
ries of adequate thermal rating. Single, dual or tri- larly with metal-enclosed switchgear.
ple secondary windings of 1 or 5 A are standard.
1 A rating should however be preferred, The Siemens relays are therefore designed to toler-
particularly in HV and EHV stations, to reduce ate CT saturation to a large extent. The numerical
the burden of the connected lines. Output power relays proposed in this guide are particularly sta-
(rated burden in VA), accuracy and saturation ble in this case due to their integrated saturation
characteristics (accuracy limiting factor) of the detection function.
cores and secondary windings must meet the par- CT dimensioning formulae
ticular application. PBC + Pi
KnALF ≥ ⋅ K oALF
The CT classification code of IEC is used in the PBN + Pi
following: KnALF = Nominal CT accuracy limiting factor
Measuring cores KoALF = Operating CT accuracy limiting factor
PBN = Nominal burden
These are normally specified with 0.5 % or 1.0 %
accuracy (class 0.5 FS or 1.0 FS), and an accuracy PBC = Connected burden
limiting factor of 5 or 10. Pi = Internal CT burden

The required output power (rated burden) should with KoALF ≥ K OF ⋅


I SCC max
be higher than the actually connected burden. IN
Typical values are 5, 10, 15 VA. Higher values are ISCC max = Maximum short-circuit current
normally not necessary when only electronic me-
IN = Nominal primary CT current
ters and recorders are connected.
KOF = Overdimensioning factor
A typical specification could be: 0.5 FS 10, 15 VA.
Cores for billing values metering The required CT accuracy limiting factor KnALF
can be determined by calculation, as shown in
In this case, class 0.2 FS is normally required.
the table above.

2/52 Siemens SIP · 2004


2 Overview

The overdimensioning factor KOF depends on the CT design according to ANSI/IEEE C 57.13
type of relay and the primary DC time constant.
Class C of this standard defines the CT by ist sec-
For most applications, with short-circuit time
ondary terminal voltage at 20 times rated current,
constants lower than 100 ms, the necessary value
for which the ratio error shall not exceed
for KoALF can be taken from the table on page 2/52.
10 %. Standard classes are C100, C200, C400 and
C800 for 5 A rated secondary current.
CT design according to BS 3938
This terminal voltage can be approximately calcu- 2
In this case the CT is definded by the knee-point lated from the IEC data as follows:
voltage VK and the internal secondary resistance
Ri. The design values according to IEC 60044 can
be approximately transfered into the BS standard ANSI CT definition
definition by following formula: K nALF
Vs.t.max = 20 ⋅ 5 A ⋅ RBN ⋅
20
BS CT definition with
PBN
RBN = and I Nsec = 5 A , we get
VK =
(RBn + Ri) ⋅ I 2N ⋅ K nALF I Nsec
2

13
. Vs.t.max PBN ⋅ K nALF
=
I2N Rated secondary current 5A
Example: Example:
IEC 600/1, 5P10, 15 VA, Ri = 4 Ω IEC 600/5, 5P20, 25 VA
60044: 60044:

BS: VK =
(15 + 4) ⋅ 1 ⋅ 10 V = 146 V ANSI
(25 VA ⋅ 20) = 100 V, acc. to class C100
1.3 C57.13: Vs.t.max =
5A
Ri = 4 Ω

Required effective accuracy limiting factor KoALF


Relay type Minimum KoALF
Overcurrent-time protection I High set point
7SJ511, 512, 531 = at least 20
7SJ45, 46, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64 IN

Transformer ≥ 40 for TS ≤ 100 ms for each side


differential protection ≥ 50 for TS > 100 ms for each side
7UT51, 7UT6
Line differential
I SCC.max. (external fault)
(fiber-optic) protection = and K oALF ≥ 30
7SD52/61 IN

Line differential
I SCC.max. (external fault) 1 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end1)
(fiber-optic) protection = and ≤ ≤3
7SD511/512 IN 3 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end2)

Line differential
I SCC.max. (external fault) 3 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end1) 4
(pilot wire)protection = and ≤ ≤
7SD502/503/600 IN 4 ( K oALF ⋅ I N )(line − end2) 3

Numerical busbar protection


1 I SCC.max. (outflowing current for ext. fault) I SCC max.
(low impedance type) = ⋅ and KoALF ≤ 100 if ≥ 100
7SS5, 7SS600 2 IN IN
for stabilizing factors k ≥ 0.5
Distance protection
I SCC.max. (close − in fault) TS ≤ 50 ms TS ≤ 100 ms
7SA510, 7SA511 =a⋅
IN a=2 a =3
and
I SCC.max. (zone 1 − end fault)
= 10 ⋅
IN

Distance protection
I SCC.max. (close − in fault) TS ≤ 30 ms TS ≤ 50 ms TS ≤ 200 ms
7SA522, 7SA6 =a⋅
IN a =1 a=2 a=4
and b=4 b =5 b =5
I SCC.max. (zone 1 − end fault)
=b⋅
IN

Siemens SIP · 2004 2/53


2 Overview

Protection Coordination
Required effective accuracy limiting factor KoALF
Relay type Minimum KoALF
Distance protection
2 7SA513 =2⋅
I SCC.max. (close − in fault)
IN
and
I SCC.max. (zone 1 − end fault) TS ≤ 50 ms TS > 50 ms
=b⋅
IN b =5 b = 10

Generator protection I SCC.max. (external fault)


7UT61 generator KoALF = 5
7UM62 generator IN

The above-mentioned CT requirements are simplified in order to allow fast CT calculations on the safe
side. More accurate dimensioning can be done by more intensive calculation with Siemens’ CTDIM
program. Results of CTDIM are released by the relay manufacturer.

Example: Relay burden


Stability-verification of the numerical busbar
protection relay 7SS50 The CT burdens of the numerical relays of
Siemens are below 0.1 VA and can therefore be
neglected for a practical estimation. Exceptions
are the busbar protection 7SS50/60 and the pi-
lot-wire relays 7SD502/503, 7SD600.
Intermediate CTs are normally no longer neces-
sary as the ratio adaptation for busbar and trans-
former protection is numerically performed in the
relay.
Analog static relays in general have burdens below
about 1 VA.
Mechanical relays, however, have a much higher
burden, up to the order of 10 VA.
Fig. 2/94
This has to be considered when older relays are
I SCC.max. 30 ,000 A connected to the same CT circuit.
= = 50
IN 600 A
In any case, the relevant relay manuals should al-
ways be consulted for the actual burden values.
According to table on the left
1
KoALF ≥ ⋅ 50 = 25 Burden of the connection leads
2
15 VA The resistance of the current loop from the CT to
PBN = = 15 Ω
1 A2 the relay has to be considered:
Prelay = 1.8 VA
2 ⋅ρ⋅l
2 ⋅ 0.0179 ⋅ 50 R1 =
Rl = = 0.3 Ω; Pl = Rl · (I2N)2 = 0.3 VA A
6
l = single conductor length from the CT
PBC = Rl + Prelay = 0.3 VA + 1.8 VA = 2.1 VA to the relay in m.
2.1 + 4.0
KnALF ≥ ⋅ 25 = 8.0 Specific resistance:
15 + 4.0 Ω ⋅ mm 2
ρ = 0.0179 (copper wires) at 20 °C
m
Result: A = conductor cross-section in mm2
The rated KnALF-factor (10) is higher than the cal-
culated value (8.0).
Therefore, the stability criterion is fulfilled.

2/54 Siemens SIP · 2004


Operating Programs Page

DIGSI 4 One Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays 3/3


SIGRA 4 Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records 3/9
3

3/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

DIGSI 4
One Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays
Function overview

• Device administration in projects with


freely configurable hierarchies for any
substation and electrical power station
topology
• Import and export of parameter sets
• Full use of the great flexibility of the
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) 3
without any programming skills
• Modify the default and single-line
diagram displays preset in the factory
with the Display Editor – just like a
conventional image editor
• Precise fault analysis with SIGRA: visu-
alization of fault records in curves over
time, circle diagrams, vector

LSP2337-afp.tif
diagrams, and bar charts
• Innovative I/O configuration in a
clearly structured matrix
• Intelligent plausibility checks rule out
Description
incorrect input
The complete version DIGSI 4 Professional
DIGSI is a familiar trade name already has a greater scope than the basic version • Graphical visualization of characteris-
today. Originally launched as an MS-DOS with the following additional functions: tics and zone diagrams with direct
software, DIGSI, in its third version, was manipulation of the curves
developed to become a convenient tool for • Display Editor – for creating and modify-
• Password-protected access for different
setting numerical protection relays under ing default and single-line diagrams
MS Windows. DIGSI 4 now is the logical in- shown on the display jobs such as parameter setting,
commissioning and controlling
novation for easy-to-use and user-friendly • SIGRA – for visualizing and evaluating
setting, commissioning and operation of all fault records (authorized staff only)
SIPROTEC protection relays, whatever the • DIGSI Remote – for remote controlling • Testing and diagnostic functions –
version. With a PC or Notebook, you can of SIPROTEC 4 relays via a modem decisive support in the commissioning
set the relays via one of the interfaces and connection phase
read out and visualize fault data.
• CFC – for creating new functionality or • Direct operation via serial port, remote
Because of its modular design, DIGSI can be for changing the predefined interlock operation via modem
used economically depending on the re- conditions
spective requirements. The basic version • Field bus communication via
DIGSI 4 Basis already covers most standard By the way: If you are already working IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and
tasks. The basic version can be extended with the engineering tool SICAM plus PROFIBUS-FMS protocol
with optional components. The basic TOOLS, you can integrate the functionality
of DIGSI 4 seamlessly into the SIMATIC Hardware requirements
version includes:
Manager. You can also use DIGSI 4 in con- • Pentium with 400 MHz processor
• Setting parameters and routing junction with SICAM on the station control (800 MHz recommended)
• Human-machine interface level without any problems.
• 350 Mbyte of free hard disk space
• Commissioning, controlling and testing The CD-ROM contains all components in • 64 Mbyte of RAM (256 Mbyte recom-
• Communication via a direct connection, English, German, Russian, French and
mended)
via PROFIBUS-FMS or other bus systems. Spanish. A “quick start” manual and the ca-
ble for direct connection between PC and • CD-ROM Drive
protection unit is also delivered. • Pointer device (i.e. mouse)
• Serial port (COM)
Software requirements
• MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT /
2000 / XP Professional Edition

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/3


3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Functions

When working with DIGSI 4 Basis, you start


out from the DIGSI 4 Manager: with this
tool, you can conveniently structure and
manage projects; freely-configurable hierar-
chies allow for representing any station to-
pology. The protection relays are simply
chosen from a catalog and dragged into the
project. Beside the possibility of archiving
entire projects, the customer now also can
3 export individual units e.g. to a floppy disk:
time-consuming search within the file sys-
tem is a thing of the past.
By double-clicking a relay, you will see all

LSP2329-afpen.tif
the operating features: This gives you direct
access to the parameter setting, I/O configu-
ration and – provided that you are online –
the commissioning functions and process Fig. 3/1
data. It corresponds exactly to the menu tree
implemented in the units; this consistency
facilitates mixed operation, in particular
during commissioning.
While in the previous versions the user had
to browse through a series of operational
sequences in order to link one single signal
to a relay input or output, the allocation
matrix is a real innovation in this respect:
All items of information are listed in one
window sorted according to functions and
can be configured very easily and allocated
without intermediate steps to the desired
I/Os, LEDs, buffers and the system interface,
which also appear in this window. Example:
If you want a signal to be processed by the

LSP2328-afpen.tif
PLC or to be displayed dynamically in the
default or single-line diagrams, all you have
to do is making a “check mark” in the cor-
responding cell. A wide range of filters plus
Fig. 3/2
the possibility to “expand” or “collapse”
rows or columns in a flash ensure perfect
overview.
In the clearly-structured tabbed dialog
boxes, only the settings you really need and
which are determined by the functional
scope are displayed.
Particularly when making the protection
relay-specific settings, it may be of advan-
tage to display the tripping characteristics.
With just one mouse click in the settings
dialog box you can visualize the characteris-
tics or zone diagrams in a window, depend-
ing on the set values. This allows you to
observe conveniently the effects of any
change in the settings.
LSP2326-afpen.tif

Fig. 3/3

3/4 Siemens SIP · 2004


3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Functions

The testing and diagnostic functions pro-


vide decisive support during the phase of
commissioning: you can check quickly and
easily the wiring or observe the effect that an
indication transmitted via the system inter-
face causes in the higher-level station.
The fault indications which are logged in
the relay in the case of a disturbance are
listed in DIGSI and can be saved and
printed out for documentation purposes.
3
The integrated Comtrade Viewer 4 allows
you to visualize the corresponding meas-
ured variables in curves as a function of
time. However, if you are looking for a con-

LSP2325-afpen.tif
venient tool which offers a more detailed
fault analysis and is able to handle not only
curves, but also circle diagrams, vector dia-
grams and bar charts, then the SIGRA 4 op- Fig. 3/4
tional package is the right choice. On the
basis of the measured values which are reg-
istered in the fault record, SIGRA calculates
further values such as positive-sequence
impedances, r.m.s. values, symmetrical
components, vectors, etc. Two measuring
cursors enable you to measure the fault
record quickly and conveniently. Other
fault records, e.g. from the remote end of a
line, can be added to the existing fault re-
cord. A synchronization function makes it
possible to synchronize the fault records to a
common time basis.
The SIPROTEC 4 devices incorporate a PLC
(Programmable Logic Controller), in which
factory-preset standard interlockings are ex-

LSP2324-afpen.tif
ecuted. If you wish to modify and adapt
them, you use the CFC Editor, which is
available as a component in DIGSI 4 Profes-
sional. Thanks to its fully graphical user in- Fig. 3/5
terface, even users without programming
knowledge are able to make full and flexible
use of the PLC’s wide range of possibilities.
All items of information which have been
configured to ”CFC” in the allocation ma-
trix before can be ”interconnected” with
function blocks here. Once installed, the
editor familiar from the SIMATIC world
presents itself with a SIPROTEC-specific
block library, which does not only provide
standard operators such as ”AND”, but also
more complex functions such as ”TIMER”.
A sophisticated consistency check ensures
error-free configuration and reliable
operation of the protection relay functions.

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/5


3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Functions

With the Display Editor – integrated in the


professional package – you can modify or
re-draw the factory-preset control and sin-
gle-line diagrams. Its handling corresponds
to that of other common graphics editors.
Like in all other components, the advan-
tages of the system’s homogeneity become
obvious here: The user is offered only those
items of information for positioning in the
3 display which have been configured previ-
ously to the display – no more need to
spend a lot of time on browsing through a
multitude of information. Various symbol
libraries which are included in the scope of

LSP2323-afpen.tif
delivery cover a variety of requirements,
including country-specific or standard-
specific requirements.
Fig. 3/6
For remote control via modem, the
DIGSI 4 Remote add-on is required. Relays
which are located in a remote station can
then be operated from an office. When a re-
lay is opened in DIGSI and the protection
relay configuration selected via modem link,
DIGSI will establish a connection to the re-
lay by call back of the station modem after
the password has been entered.
Based on the IEC 61850 (Ethernet) Stan-
dard, a system-wide solution for protection,
substation control and remote control sys-
tem can be realized with regard to informa-
tion transmission and data management.
This standard is used for the entire
communication of all functions on all the
levels of the substation. Smooth communi-
cation of units of various manufacturers is
assured.
The structure of the network and the extent
of the data transmission between the units
of an IEC 61850 station are defined by the
IEC 61850 System Configurator. Fig. 3/7

Fig. 3/8

3/6 Siemens SIP · 2004


3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Device templates
Comtrade Viewer
“Getting started” manual (paper)
Serial DIGSI connecting cables
Basis
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM (authorization by serial number) 7XS5400 - 0AA00 3
Scope of delivery includes:
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protection unit with 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
Demo
Multimedia presentation with operation videos (tutorial part)
On CD-ROM 7XS5401 - 0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis
+ SIGRA (fault record analysis)
+ CFC Editor (logic editor)
+ Display Editor
+ DIGSI 4 Remote
+ DIGSI 4 radio mouse
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM 7XS5402 - 0AA00
Scope of delivery includes:
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protection unit with 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
Upgrade Basis à Professional
Like “DIGSI 4 Professional”, but only for DIGSI 4 licencees 7XS5407 - 0AA00
DIGSI 4 Scientific
Like “DIGSI 4 Professional”, but only for universities
and research institutes 7XS5402-2AA00

SIGRA 4
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Device templates
Fault record templates
Electronic manual (PDF)
Electronic tutorial (demo)
SIGRA 4 applicable with or without DIGSI for Comtrade records;
also applicable for devices of other manufacturers
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5410 - 0AA00
Trial & Demo
Demo presentation and trial version (for test purposes; limited to 30 days)
On CD-ROM 7XS5411 - 1AA00

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/7


3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

DIGSI 4 Remote
Software for remote control of Siemens protection units
via modem (and star coupler, if necessary)
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Electronic manual (PDF)
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5440 - 0AA00
3
IEC 61850 System Configurator
Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication protocol.
Running under MS Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or DIGSI 4 Professional.
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM (authorization by serial number)
Release scheduled for July 2004 7XS5460-0AA00

Additional service free of charge


• All updates of DIGSI 4
• Customer Care Center
• DIGSI 4 Notes (quarterly newsletter)
• Access to the download area on the Internet at www.siprotec.com

3/8 Siemens SIP · 2004


3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

SIGRA 4
Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records
Function overview

• 4 types of diagrams: time signal


representation (standard), circle dia-
gram (e.g. for R/X), vector diagram
(reading of angles), bar charts (e.g. for
visualization of harmonics)
• Calculate additional values such as
positive impedances, r.m.s. values, 3
symmetric components, vectors, etc.
• Two measurement cursors,
synchronized in each view
• Powerful zoom function
• User-friendly configuration via
drag & drop
• Innovative signal configuration in a
clearly-structured matrix

LSP2338-afp.tif
• Time-saving user profiles, which can be
assigned to individual relay types or se-
ries
SIGRA 4 can be used for all fault records • Addition of other fault records to the
Description
which are available in the COMTRADE file existing fault record
By means of SIGRA 4, it is possible to ana- format. The software product is easily and • Synchronization of several fault records
lyse fault records, such as those that are conveniently installed from a CD-ROM, it
to a common time basis
recorded by fault recorders when there are offers a comprehensive guiding system with
disturbances in substations and electrical demonstration, and an easily readable, prac- • Easy documentation by copying
power stations, in a simple, rapid and con- tice-oriented manual describes the typical diagrams to documents of other
venient manner. steps involved when using SIGRA. MS Windows programs
The product was designed by practical per- The functional features and advantages of Hardware requirements
sons who have experience in the evaluation SIGRA 4 can, however, only be optimally • PC with pentium processor
of faults. Accordingly, in addition to the shown on the product itself. For this rea-
son, it is possible to test SIGRA 4 for 30 days • 50 Mbyte of free hard disk space
usual time-signal display of the measured
variables recorded, it is also designed to dis- with the trial version. • CD-ROM Drive
play vector diagrams, circle diagrams, bar • Pointer device (i.e. mouse)
charts for indicating the harmonics and data
tables. From the measured values which Software requirements
have been recorded in the fault records, • MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000/
SIGRA 4 calculates further values, such as: XP Professional Edition
absent quantities in the three-wire system,
impedances, outputs, symmetrical compo-
nents, etc. By means of two measuring
cursors, it is possible to evaluate the fault re-
cord simply and conveniently. Additional
fault records, e.g. from the opposite end of a
line, can be added to the existing fault re-
cord. The fault records can be synchronized
to a common time basis by means of a syn-
chronizing function, thus improving the
quality in fault analysis considerably .

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/9


3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

Functions

When faults occur in electric power plants,


fault recorders, now an integral component
of modern numerical protection relays,
record analog process variables (usually
currents and voltages of the network nodes)
and binary information (e.g. protection
relay reactions) as a function of time. Those
seeking a convenient tool for visualization
and analysis of such fault records need look
3 no further than the SIGRA 4 PC
program from Siemens.

Different views of a fault record


In addition to the standard time signal re-
presentation, SIGRA 4 also supports the dis-
play of circle diagrams (e.g. R/X diagrams),
vectors, which enable reading of angles, and
bar charts (e.g. for visualization of harmon-
ics). To do this, SIGRA uses the values re-
corded in the fault record to calculate
additional values such as positive imped-
ances, r.m.s. values, symmetric components,
vectors, etc.

LSP2330-afpen.tif
Measurement of a fault record
Two measurement cursors enable fast and
convenient measurement of the fault re-
Fig. 3/9
cord. The measured values of the cursor po-
sitions and their differences are presented in
tables. The cursors operate interactively and
across all views, whereby all cursor move-
ment is synchronized in each view: In this
manner, the cursor line enables simulta-
neous “intersection” of a fault occurrence in
both a time signal characteristic and circle
diagram characteristic. And of course a
powerful zoom function ensures that you
do not lose track of even the tiniest detail.
The views of SIGRA 4 can accommodate
any number of diagrams and each diagram
any number of signals.
LSP2331-afpen.tif

Operational features
The main aim of the developers of SIGRA 4,
who were assisted by ergonomic and design Fig. 3/10
experts, was to produce a system that was
simple, intuitive and user-friendly:

• The colours of all the lines have been de-


fined so that they are clear and easily dis-
tinguishable. However, the colour, as well
as the line style, the scale and other surface
features, can be adjusted to suit individual
requirements.
• Pop-up menus for each situation offer
customized functionality – thus eliminat-
ing the need to browse through numerous
LSP2332-afpen.tif

menu levels (total operational efficiency).

Fig. 3/11

3/10 Siemens SIP · 2004


3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

Functions

• Configuration of the individual diagrams


is simple and intuitive: object-oriented,
measured variables can be simply
dragged and dropped from one diagram
to another (also diagrams of different
types).
• “Snap-to-grid” and “snap-to-object”
movement of the cursor lines for easy and
accurate placement.
• Redundancy: Most user tasks can be 3
achieved via up to five different opera-
tional methods, thus ensuring quick and
easy familiarization with the analysis
software.
• Utilization of the available screen space is
automatically optimized by an intelligent
function that, like the “synchronous
mouse cursors”, has since been patented.
But even experts are impressed when it
comes to speed and the repetition of
frequent operational steps:

• For example, it is possible to store whole


views, complete with settings (zoom,
size), in so-called user profiles and to as-
sign them to individual relay types or se-
ries. Then simply select from the toolbar
and you can display each fault record

LSP2333-afpen.tif
quickly and easily as required. No need to
waste time scrolling, zooming or resizing
and moving windows.
• Additional fault records, e.g. from the Fig. 3/12
other end of a line, can be added to exist-
ing records.
• A special function allows several fault re-
cords to be synchronized on a mutual
time basis, thus considerably improving
the quality of fault analysis.
• So-called marks, which users can insert at
various instants as required, enable suit-
able commentary of the fault record. Each
individual diagram can be copied to a
document of another MS Windows pro-
LSP2334-afpen.tif

gram via the “clipboard”: documenting


fault records really could not be easier.

Scope of delivery Fig. 3/


The software product is quick and easy to
install from a CD-ROM. It has a compre-
hensive “help” system. A user-friendly and
practical manual offers easy step-by-step in-
structions on how to use SIGRA.

Siemens SIP · 2004 3/11


3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIGRA 4
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records
Running under MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT / 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Device templates
Fault record templates
Electronic manual (PDF)
Electronic tutorial (demo)
SIGRA 4 applicable with or without DIGSI for Comtrade records;
3 also applicable for devices of other manufacturers
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number)

SIGRA 4 for DIGSI


Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis 7XS5410-0AA00
SIGRA 4 Stand Alone
Applicable without DIGSI 7XS5416-0AA00
SIGRA 4 Scientific
Like “SIGRA 4 Stand Alone”, but only
for universities and research institutes 7XS5416-1AA00
Trial & Demo
Demo presentation and trial version (for test purposes; limited to 30 days)
On CD-ROM 7XS5411-1AA00
Upgrade SIGRA 4 Trial à stand alone
Authorization by serial number for upgrade to unlimited functionality 7XS5416-2AA00

3/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


Communication Page

Function overview 4/3


Description 4/3
Typical applications 4/5
Integration into substation control systems 4/7
Integration into the SICAM power automation system 4/9
Integration into the SICAM SAS substation automation system 4/10
Integration into the SICAM SAS power automation system 4/11
Integration into other systems 4/12
4

4/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


4 Communication

Communication
Function overview

Description
• Remote communication
with DIGSI
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 4 units
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 3 units and
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
Typical applications
• SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus 4
• SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485
• Mixed system SIPROTEC 4,
SIPROTEC 3 units,
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
• Configuration with active star-coupler
Integration into substation control systems
Integration into the SICAM power
automation system
Description
Integration into other systems
Communication interfaces on protection
relays are becoming increasingly important
for the efficient and economic operation of
substations and networks. The interfaces
can be used for:

• Accessing the protection relays from a PC


using the DIGSI operating program. Re-
mote access via modem, Ethernet modem
is possible with a new serial port at the re-
lay. This allows remote access to all data of
the protection relay.
• Integrating the relays into control systems
with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
PROFIBUS-FMS protocol,
PROFIBUS-DP protocol, DNP 3.0 proto-
col and MODBUS protocol.
The new standardized IEC 61850 protocol
is under development and will be avail-
able in the relays with an Ethernet inter-
face as of July 2004.
• Peer-to-peer communication of differen-
tial relays and distance relays to exchange
real-time protection data via fiber-optic
cables, communication network, tele-
phone networks or analog pilot wires.

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/3


4 Communication

Description

Remote communication with DIGSI


By using the remote communication func-
tions of DIGSI it is possible to access relays
from your office via the telephone net-
work. So you do not have to travel to the
substation at all and, if you need to carry
out a quick fault analysis, for example, you
can transfer the fault data into your office
in just a few minutes so that you can use
DIGSI to evaluate it.
Another alternative is the ability to access
all the units of a substation from a central
4 point within that station. This saves you
having to connect your PC individually to
all the relays in the station.
In both cases you need a few simple com-
munication units and a PC with DIGSI and
a remote communication component
installed. The data traffic with DIGSI uses a
secure protocol based on the IEC stand-
ard similar to IEC 60870-5-103 so that, Fig. 4/1 Remote relay communication
amongst other things, the relays have
unique addresses for accessing purposes. A
high level of data integrity is achieved With SIPROTEC 4 units you can also use In the case of SIPROTEC 3 units, commu-
through the check sum incorporated in the PROFIBUS-FMS to provide a central link nication is normally effected via the system
telegram. Any telegrams that might be- with DIGSI via the control system inter- interface at the back of the unit. If this in-
come distorted during transmission are face. For this you will need a PC with a terface is already being used for communi-
repeated. A comparison of parameters be- special PROFIBUS card that must be con- cation with the substation control system,
tween relay and PC to ensure that they nected to the PROFIBUS system. This so- the front interface can be used for the
match also improves the integrity. There lution is intended exclusively for DIGSI communication instead. A suitable
are other security functions too such as SIPROTEC 4 units with PROFIBUS-FMS. connector module is available to convert
passwords and a substation modem call- from electrical to optical interface.
back function which can also be triggered New (as of July 2004):
Together with the IEC 61850 protocol, a Series ‘600 relays normally have one RS485
from events.
relay can be accessed remotely with DIGSI interface which can be used for communi-
Remote communication with SIPROTEC 4 via an Ethernet interface in the relay. This cation either with the substation control
units allows access to the relays via an Ethernet system or with DIGSI.
network. Some relays include a Web Note:
SIPROTEC 4 units are well equipped for
server, so an Internet browser can also be Relays series V2 are available with a system
remote communication. A separate serial
used for remote access via Ethernet. interface, communication with DIGSI is
service interface for the protection
engineer, independent of the system inter- effected with ASCII routines which cannot
Remote communication with SIPROTEC 3 be addressed. We, however, offer the op-
face, allows the units to be easily integrated and series ‘600 relays
into any communication configuration. portunity for central operation for this
The front interface then remains free for These relays are ideal for applications in- purpose using active mini star-coupler
local operation. Together with a flexibility volving remote communication. When 7XV5550.
in the choice of interface, i.e. optical with configuring the actual communication sys-
an ST connector for multi-mode FO cables tem, however, it is important to take into
or electrical for RS232 or RS485 hard- account the smaller number of relay inter-
wired connections, it is easy to create the faces compared with SIPROTEC 4 units.
optimum solution for any particular appli-
cation.

4/4 Siemens SIP · 2004


4 Communication

Typical applications

An extensive range of communication


components, such as modems, star cou-
plers, optoelectric converters, prefabricated
FO connection cables and electric connec-
tion cables (see part 14 of this catalog) al-
lows you to create a variety of different
solutions: FO connections immune to
interference or cost-effective solutions
using the two-wire RS485 electric bus.
The following examples give some indica-
tion of what configurations are possible,
which items are needed for the purpose
and what baud rates are possible. 4
Example 1: SIPROTEC 4 units
on an RS485 bus
Remote communication is effected via a
private or public telephone network with
both analog or digital telephone lines
being possible. An Ethernet network can
also be used together with Ethernet mo-
Fig. 4/2 SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus (Example 1)
dems. The 8N1 data format and an analog
baud rate of 57.6/64 kbit/s have become es-
tablished as the standard for serial modem
links. The connection between modem and
units is initially optical. An FO/RS485 con-
verter 7XV5650 that can be installed close
to the units then converts the signals for
the RS485 bus. Up to 31 relays can be con-
nected to the RS485 bus. Particularly in the
case of modems, we recommend the use of
the types of units listed in part 14. Other
accessories can be found in the same part
(see Fig. 4/2).

Example 2: SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485


In the case of larger substations with longer
distances we recommend the use of FO
connection cables. The following example
shows a mixed system of optical and elec-
trical connections. Typically, all relays in a
cubicle can be linked together via RS485
and the cubicles themselves can be con-
nected to the star coupler via FO cables
(see Fig. 4/3).

Fig. 4/3 Two groups of SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus (Example 2)

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/5


4 Communication

Typical applications

Example 3: Mixed system – SIPROTEC 4,


SIPROTEC 3, series ‘600
Relays from different families can be inte-
grated into a remote communication sys-
tem, as illustrated in Example 3. This
example also shows how relays can be inte-
grated by means of FO links and star cou-
plers. With this kind of arrangement the
baud rate for all links must be set at
19.2 kbaud because the SIPROTEC 3 units
and the series ‘600 relays cannot support
a higher baud rate. In this case we recom-
4 mend to use the 7XV5550 active mini star-
coupler (see Fig. 4/5).
Communication will then generally be at
57.6/64 kbit/s on the modem link. For any
units that cannot operate at this baud rate
the active star-coupler will convert the rate
accordingly.

Example 4: Configuration with active star-


coupler
With this configuration it is also possible Fig. 4/4 Mixed system, FO/RS485 with units from different families (Example 3)
to integrate relays that can only be
connected via the front interface and
whose maximum baud rates are less The solutions for central and/or remote
than 19.2 kbaud (see Fig. 4/5). communication with SIPROTEC units
have easy upgrade compatibility. Different
The following points must be noted with
versions of relays can be integrated into a
this type of configuration:
remote communication concept. This is
• One output of the active mini star- supported by the substation and device
coupler is used to service several management in the DIGSI software. A
SIPROTEC 4 units through further star substation can be retrofitted with add-on
couplers or RS485 converters. On that remote communication components
output, a mixed system containing provided it has the communication con-
SIPROTEC 3 and series ‘600 relays should nection available. And changing of the tele-
be avoided so that 57600 baud operation phone line from, say, analog to digital does
is possible for SIPROTEC 4 relays. not necessitate the replacement of all com-
• Several SIPROTEC 3 units and series ‘600 ponents. Also, Ethernet networks can be
relays can also be connected to another used. The telephone modem is then re-
output of the active mini star-coupler (via placed by an Ethernet modem. The infra-
mini star-couplers or RS485 converters). structure in the substation remains
The baud rate for this output must be set unchanged.
less or equal to 19200 baud.
• Relays that are not available with commu-
nication functions according to
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (e.g. 7VE51,
7VK51, 7SV51 and older firmware ver-
sions of some relays) can also be con-
nected via the active star-coupler as
illustrated in Fig. 4/5. In this case one out-
put must be assigned to each relay. The
baud rate must be set according to the
unit.

4/6 Siemens SIP · 2004


4 Communication

Typical applications

Fig. 4/5 Mixed system with relays from different families, with active star-coupler

Integration into substation control systems


Almost all SIPROTEC units can be inte- Relay type Substation control telegram
grated into substation control systems via
IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-FMS PROFIBUS-DP MODBUS DNP 3.0 IEC 61850
serial communication interfaces.
7SA51. V3.0
The relays can be supplied as part of an in-
tegrated Siemens system offering all substa- 7SA522 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2 V4.2 *)
tion control and protection. In addition, 7SA6.. V4.0 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2 *)
the relays can also be integrated into other 7SD50. V3.0
control systems via standard protocols. An
integrated system offers type-tested func- 7SD51. V3.0
tions, consistent configuration and opti- 7SD52. V4.0 V4.3 V4.2 V4.2
mally coordinated communication 7SD60. V1.0
protocols. SICAM and SINAUT LSA are
7SD61. V4.0 V4.2 V4.2
two of the proven systems available from
Siemens. SICAM PAS is a future system, 7SJ53. V3.0
which also offers Ethernet communication. 7SJ60. V1.0
For situations where you would like to 7SJ61/62/63/64 V4.0 V4.0 V4.20 V4.20 V4.20 *)
integrate SIPROTEC units into other 7SS522 V4.0
control systems we can offer open com-
munication interfaces. In addition to the 7UM5. V3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol that is available 7UM61 V4.0 V4.0 V4.1 V4.1
in almost all relays we can also offer other 7UM62 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.1
communication protocols for SIPROTEC 4
units like PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS or 7UT5. V3.0
DNP 3.0. IEC 61850 will be available as of 7UT6. V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
July 2004. 6MD63 V4.0
The table on the right shows which com- 6MD66 V4.0 *)
munication protocols are available in the *) in preparation - starting as of July 2004
various SIPROTEC relays starting with the
firmware version.
Siemens SIP · 2004 4/7
4 Communication

Integration into substation control systems

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol MODBUS RTU protocol It will also be possible to retrieve operating
and fault messages and fault recordings via
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (previously This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
a browser. This Web monitor will also pro-
VDEW protocol) is an international stand- mainly used in industry and by power sup-
vide a few items of unit specific informa-
ard for the transmission of protective data ply corporations, and is supported by a
tion in browser windows.
and fault recordings. All messages from the number of unit vendors. SIPROTEC units
unit (and also control commands) can be behave as MODBUS slaves, making their
transferred via published, Siemens-specific information available to a master or receiv-
extensions. ing information from it. Information is as-
signable to a mapping file with DIGSI.
PROFIBUS -FMS
DNP 3.0 protocol
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally
standardized communication system Power supply corporations overseas use
4 (EN 50170) for efficient performance of the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
communication tasks in the bay area. Protocol) for the station and network con-
SIPROTEC 4 units use a profile specially trol levels, SIPROTEC units behave as
optimized for protection and control re- DNP slaves, supplying their information to
quirements. The data can be flexibly as- a master system or receiving information
signed to the system interface with DIGSI. from it. Information is assignable to a
DIGSI can also work on the basis of mapping file with DIGSI.
PROFIBUS-FMS. The units are linked to a
SICAM automation system. IEC 61850 protocol
As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread standard for protection and control sys-
protocol in industrial automation. Via tems used by power supply corporations,
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make Siemens will be one of the first manufac-
their information available to a SIMATIC turers to support this standard. By means
controller or, in the control direction, re- of this protocol, information can also be
ceive commands from a central SIMATIC. exchanged directly between bay units so as
Measured values can also be transferred. to enable the creation of simple masterless
The information is assignable to a mapping systems for bay and system interlocking.
file with DIGSI. Access to the units via the Ethernet bus will
also be possible with DIGSI.

Substation control port B Port C


IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-FMS PROFIBUS-DP DNP 3.0 MODBUS IEC 61850 DIGSI
Alarms F with F with F with F with F with F with F with
(relay Ý central unit) time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp
Commands F F F F F F F
(BC/central unit Ý relay)
Measured values F F F F F F F
Time F F F F F F 1)
synchronization
Fault records F F Separate port Separate Separate F
(sampled values) (with DIGSI)2) port (with DIGSI)2) port (with
DIGSI)2)
Protection settings Separate F Separate port Separate Separate F F
port (with DIGSI) (with DIGSI)3) port (with port (with (with DIGSI)
(with DIGSI)3) DIGSI)3) DIGSI)3)

1) There is no time synchronization via this proto- 3) This protocol does not support the transmission
col. For time synchronization purposes it is pos- of protection settings. Only setting groups can
sible to use a separate time synchronization be changed. For this purpose you should use the
interface (Port A in SIPROTEC 4 relays). service interface or the front operating interface
2) The transmission of fault records is not part of together with DIGSI.
the protocol. They can be read out with DIGSI
via the service interface Port C or the front oper-
ating interface.

4/8 Siemens SIP · 2004


4 Communication

Integration into the SICAM power automation system

SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with All central system components (SICAM
the SIMATIC-based SICAM power auto- and SIPROTEC 4, CPUs, SICAM WinCC,
mation system. The SICAM family com- SICAM plus TOOLS, bay controllers and
prises the following components: protection relays), as well as the DIGSI 4
• SICAM RTU, the modern telecontrol sys- operating program, are established on the
tem with automation and programmable same basis. The ability to link SICAM/
logic functions SIPROTEC to other substation control,
• SICAM SAS, the modern combination of protection and automation components is
switchgear automation and information assured, thanks to open interfaces such as
technology IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and the
Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol. Other
• SICAM PAS, the PC-based automation
protocols like PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0
and communication system
and MODBUS are also supported.
Data management and communication is 4
one of the strong points of the SICAM /
SIPROTEC 4 system. Powerful engineering
tools (SICAM plus TOOLS based on STEP 7
and SICAM WinCC) make working with
SICAM convenient and easy. SIPROTEC 4
units are optimally matched for use in
SICAM SAS and SICAM PAS. With
SICAM and SIPROTEC 4 continuity exists
at three crucial points:
• Data management
• Software architecture
• Communication

Fig. 4/6 SICAM/SIPROTEC 4 architecture

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/9


4 Communication

Integration into the SICAM SAS substation automation system

SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with


the SICAM SAS substation automation
system together with PROFIBUS-FMS.
Over the low-cost electrical RS485 bus, or
in an interference-free manner via the op-
tical double ring, the units exchange infor-
mation with the control system. Units
featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can
be connected to SICAM interference free
and radially by fiber-optic link. Through
this interface, the system is open for the
connection of units of other manufactur-
ers.
4

Fig. 4/7 SICAM SAS communication structure

4/10 Siemens SIP · 2004


4 Communication

Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system

SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with station bus to SICAM PAS by means of se-
the SICAM power automation system to- rial/Ethernet converters (see Fig. 4/8).
gether with IEC 61850 protocol. Via the DIGSI and the Web monitor can also be
100 Mbit/s Ethernet bus, the units are used over the same station bus.
linked electrically or optically to the station
Together with Ethernet/IEC 61850, an in-
PC with PAS. Connection may be simple
terference-free optical solution is also pro-
or redundant. The interface is standard-
vided (see Fig. 4/9). The Ethernet interface
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
in the relay includes an Ethernet switch.
of units of other manufacturers to the
Thus, the installation of expensive external
Ethernet bus. Units featuring an
Ethernet switches can be avoided. The re-
IEC 60870-5-103 interface or other serial
lays are linked in an optical ring structure.
protocols are connected via the Ethernet

Fig. 4/8 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS


with electrical Ethernet interface

Siemens SIP · 2004 4/11


4 Communication

Integration into other systems


Thanks to the standardized interfaces,
IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3.0, MODBUS,
PROFIBUS-DP, IEC 61850 SIPROTEC units
can also be integrated into non-Siemens sys-
tems or in SIMATIC S5/S7. Electrical RS485
or optical interfaces are available. The opti-
mum physical data transfer medium can be
chosen thanks to opto-electrical converters.
Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.

Fig. 4/9 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS


with optical Ethernet interface

4/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


Overcurrent Protection Page

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45


Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs 5/3
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay 5/11
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/19
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/31
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/55
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/83
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/117 5
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization 5/157
5

5/2 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45


Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs
Function overview

• Operation without auxiliary voltage via


integrated CT power supply
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Low power consumption:
LSP2339-afp.tif

1.4 VA at IN (of the relay)


• Easy mounting due to compact housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
Fig. 5/1 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 numerical
overcurrent protection relay • Definite-time and inverse-time
powered by current characteristics (IEC/ANSI) 5
transformers (CT)
• High-current stage I>> or calculated
earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Trip with pulse output (24 V DC /
0.1 Ws) or relay output (changeover
Description contact)
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical • Repetition of trip during circuit-breaker
overcurrent protection relay which is failure (relays with pulse output)
primarily intended as a radial feeder or • Combination with electromechanical
transformer protection (backup) in electri- relays is possible due to the emulation
cal networks. It provides definite-time and algorithm
inverse-time overcurrent protection ac-
cording to IEC and ANSI standards. The Monitoring functions
7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary volt- • Hardware and software are continu-
age supply. It imports its power supply ously monitored during operation
from the current transformers.
Front design
• Simple setting via DIP switches
(self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without auxil-
iary voltage – no PC
• Integrated mechanical trip indication
optionally
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/3


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Application

The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical


overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and
inverse-time overcurrent protection
according to IEC and ANSI standards.
The convenient setting with DIP switches
is self-explanatory and simple.
The 7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary
voltage supply. It imports its power supply
(1.4 VA at IN, sum of all phases) from the
current transformers.
Impulse output for low-energy trip release
or contact output for additional auxiliary
transformer are available. An optional
5 integrated trip indication shows that a trip
occurred.
The compact housing permits easy
Fig. 5/2 Typical application
mounting, and a version for the most
adverse environmental conditions is also
available (condensation permissible).

ANSI IEC Protection functions


50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
LSP2391-afp.tif

Construction

Within its compact housing the protection


Fig. 5/3 Application in distribution switchgear
relay contains all required components for:
• Measuring and processing
• Alarm and command output
• Operation and indication (without a PC)
• Optional mechanical trip indication
• Auxiliary supply from current trans-
formers
• Maintenance not necessary
The housing dimensions of the units are
LSP2340-afp.tif

such that the 7SJ45 relays can in general be


installed into the existing cutouts in
cubicles. Alternative constructions are
available (surface mounting and flush
mounting). The compact housing permits
easy mounting, and a version for the most
adverse environmental conditions, even
with extreme humidity, is also
Fig. 5/4 Screw-type terminals
available.

5/4 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Protection functions

The overcurrent function is based on


phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents IL1
(A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51). For the second
stage, the user can choose between a
high-current stage for phase currents I>>
(50) or a normal stage for calculated earth
currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behaviour of
electromechanical relays.
Fig. 5/5 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic 5
The influence of high-frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.

Fig. 5/6
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristics


Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/5


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Connection diagrams

Pulse output or relay output are optionally


available.
Pulse output
These relays require a low-energy trip
release (24 V DC/0.1 Ws) in the circuit-
breaker, and are intended for modern
switchgear. In case of circuit-breaker
failure, a repetition of the tripping signal
is initiated.

Fig. 5/7 Connection of 3 CTs with pulse output

Fig. 5/8 Connection diagram


7SJ45 with impulse output

Relay output
These relays can be applied with all
conventional switchgear. A transformer
that provides the trip circuit energy, must
be connected in the current transformer
circuit.

Fig. 5/9 Connection of 3 CTs with trigger transformer and relay output

Fig. 5/10 Connection diagram


7SJ45 with relay output

5/6 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Technical data

General unit data EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Analog input Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
System frequency IN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) EN 50263 (product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Current transformer inputs EN 61000-6-2
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
current IN High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
At IN = 1 / 5 A Approx. 1.4 VA at IN (relay) duration ≥2 s
Rating of current transformer Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
circuit IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
Thermal (r.m.s.) 50 · IN for 1 s EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
15 · IN for 10 s Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
2 · IN continuous field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Dynamic (peak) 100 · IN for half a cycle IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
Recommended primary current 10 P 10, 2.5 VA class III
transformers or according to the requirements and Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
required tripping power field, pulse-modulated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 30 V/M; 1890 MHz; 5
class III repetition frequency
Pulse output (7SJ45XX-0*)
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Number 1 pulse output
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration =
24 V DC / 0.1 Ws
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Relay output (7SJ45XX-1*) IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Number 1 changeover contact High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Circuit groups to earth:
Break 30 VA Measuring inputs, binary outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
40 W resistive Across circuit groups:
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
ms Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz; Ri = 150 Ω
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous IEC 60255-22-6 and
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current) IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Unit design Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Adaptable for rail mounting (recom-
mended for local mounting only) Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
cover and terminal blocks)
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Weight (mass) approx. 1.5 kg capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Housing Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Front IP 51 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per ≥ 2 s;
Rear IP 20 not across open contacts both polarities; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri =
Protection of personnel IP1X 80 Ω
UL-listing Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Listed under “69CA”.
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Electrical tests
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
Specifications
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
See also standards for individual tests
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
All circuits except for pulse output-earth
Voltage test (type test)
across open command contacts 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/7


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Technical data

Mechanical stress tests Functions


Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Overcurrent protection
During operation Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range / steps
Vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated,
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz step 0.5 IN
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude: Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
60 to 150 Hz; 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
each 3 shocks in both directions of The set time delays are pure
the 3 axes delay times.
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude Setting range / steps
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)
5 1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(vertical vector) 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(horizontal vector) (earth calculated) or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration 3-phase supply: see note*
(vertical vector) Delay times TIp (IEC) 0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Delay times D (ANSI) 0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Trip times
During transport (flush mounting)
Total time delay impulse output Approx. 32 ms
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Total time delay relay output Approx. 38 ms
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
2 g acceleration Tolerances
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
Shock Semi-sinusoidal 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions of Time behavior for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
the 3 axes Deviation of the measured values
as a result of various interferences
Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
Climatic stress tests
0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Temperatures
Frequency in the range of < 10 %
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
With continuous current
Harmonics <1%
2IN: –20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F
up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DC components <5%
storage
Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
– 5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to
95 % relative humidity; condensation
not permissible.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III

* Note: The device allows minimum setting values of 0.5 IN (3-phase).


With single supply, operation is ensured from 0.8 IN (7SJ45XX-0*; pulse
output) or 1.3 IN (7SJ45XX-1*; relay output) onwards (printed on the
front).

5/8 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

Technical data CE conformity


This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.

Description Order No.


Selection and ordering data
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45
numerical overcurrent protection relay powered by CTs 7SJ450¨– ¨¨¨00 – ¨AA¨
Current transformer IN
1A 1
5A 5
5
Trip
Pulse output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 0
Relay output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 1

Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel flush mounting E

Region-specific functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B

IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1

Indication (flag)
Without 0
With 1

Accessories Protection relay with pulse output


Low energy trip release 3AX1104-2B

Protection relay with relay output


Auxiliary transformers for the trip circuit (30 VA CTs recommended)
1A 4AM5065-2CB00-0AN2
5A 4AM5070-8AB00-0AN2

Current transformer-operated trip release


0.5 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2A
1 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2B

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/9


5

5/10 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46


Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay
Function overview

• Universal application due to integrated


wide range AC/DC power supply.
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Easy mounting due to compact
LSP2353-afp.tif

housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
Fig. 5/11 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 • Definite-time and inverse-time
numerical overcurrent protection relay characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
• High-current stage I>> or calculated 5
earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Two command outputs for “trip” or
“pickup”
• Combination with electromechanical
Description relays is possible due to the emulation
algorithm
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical
overcurrent protection relay which is pri- Monitoring functions
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans- • One live contact for monitoring
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and • Hardware and software are continu-
inverse-time overcurrent protection ac- ously monitored during operation
cording to IEC and ANSI standards. The Front design
7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC auxiliary
power supply with a wide range allowing a • Simple setting via DIP switches
high degree of flexibility in its application. (self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without auxil-
iary voltage – no PC
• Individual phase pickup indication with
stored or not stored LEDs
• Trip indication with separate LED
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/11


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Application

The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical


overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks.
It provides definite-time and inverse-time
overcurrent protection according to IEC
and ANSI standards. The convenient set-
ting with DIP switches is self-explanatory
and simple.
The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC
auxiliary power supply with a wide range
allowing a high degree of flexibility in its
application. Phase-selective indication of
protection pickup is indicated with LEDs.
The compact housing permits easy mount-
5 ing, and a version for the most adverse en-
vironmental conditions is also available
(condensation permissible).
Fig. 5/12 Typical application
ANSI IEC Protection functions
50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
LSP2390-afp.tif

Construction

Within its compact housing the protection Fig. 5/13 Application in distribution
relay contains all required components for: switchgear
• Measuring and processing
• Pickup and command output
• Operation and indication
(without a PC)
• Wide range AC/DC power supply
• Maintenance not necessary (no battery)
The housing dimensions of the units are
such that the 7SJ46 relays can in general be
installed into the existing panel cutouts.
LSP2354-afp.tif

Alternative constructions are available (rail


mounting and flush mounting). The com-
pact housing permits easy mounting, and a
version for the most adverse environmen-
tal conditions, even with extreme
humidity, is also available. Fig. 5/14 Screw-type terminals

5/12 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Protection functions

The overcurrent function is based on


phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents IL1
(A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51).
For the second stage, the user can choose
between a high-current stage for phase
currents I>> (50) or a normal stage for
calculated earth currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behavior of
electromechanical relays. 5
Fig. 5/15 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
The influence of high frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.

Fig. 5/16
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristics


Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/13


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Connection diagrams

The 7SJ46 has a trip contact, a contact


which is adjustable for trip or pickup, and
a live contact for the self-monitoring func-
tion.

Fig. 5/17 Connection of 3 CTs


5

Fig. 5/18 Connection diagram 7SJ46

5/14 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Technical data

General unit data Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Analog input all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Current transformer inputs
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A EN 50263 (product standards)
current IN EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Power consumption EN 61000-6-2
Per phase at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.01 VA at IN IEC 61000-4 (generic standards)
Per phase at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.2 VA at IN (relay) High-frequency tests 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Rating of current transformer IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
circuit duration ≥ 2 s
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 · IN for 1 s Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air
30 · IN for 10 s IEC 60255-22-2, class III discharge; both polarities;
4 · IN continuous EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Dynamic (peak) 250 · IN for half a cycle Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Auxiliary voltage AC/DC powered field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Input voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (± 20 %) IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
60 to 230 V AC (–20 %, +15 %) class III 5
Power consumption DC – power supply: Approx. 1.5 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
AC – power supply: Approx. 3 VA field, pulse-modulated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
at 110 V approx. IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III 30 V/m 1810 MHz; repetition fre-
5.5 VA at 230 V quency
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
Number 2 (normally open), 1 live contact
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Break 30 VA
High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
40 W resistive
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50
ms Auxiliary voltage circuit groups to earth:
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC
between circuit groups:
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current)
Measuring inputs, binary outputs circuit groups to earth:
Unit design 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 between circuit groups:
Adaptable for rail mounting 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
recommended for local mounting only Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent amplitude-modulated. 1 kHz; AM; Ri = 150 Ω
cover and terminal blocks) IEC 60255-22-6 and IEC 61000-4-6,
Weight (mass) approx. 1 kg class III
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Housing IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Front IP 51
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
Rear IP 20 IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Protection of personnel IP 1X class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
UL-listing Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Listed under “69CA”. capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Electrical tests
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per s; both polari-
Specifications not across open contacts ties; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m 25 MHz to 1000 MHz
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508 ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
See also standards for individual tests
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Insulation tests
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Standards IEC 60255-5
Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min auxiliary voltage IEC CISPR 22, class B
all circuits except auxiliary supply EN 55022, DIN EN VDE 0878
Voltage test (routine test) 3.5 kV DC; 30 s; both polarities Part 22
auxiliary supply Interference field strength 30 MHz to 1000 MHz,
Voltage test (type test) IEC CISPR 22 class B
Across open contacts 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Across open live contact 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/15


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Technical data

Mechanical stress test Functions


Vibration, shock and seismic vibration Overcurrent protection
During operation Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range / steps
Vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated, step 0.5 IN
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz: Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz; Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
1 g acceleration (earth calculated)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal The set time delays are pure delay times.
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
each 3 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude (earth calculated)
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector) Delay times TIp (IEC) 0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
5 1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude Delay times D (ANSI) 0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
(vertical vector)
Trip times
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal vector) Switch on to fault, relay output Approx. 38 ms
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
(vertical vector) Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
Frequeny sweep 1 octave/min Tolerances
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
During transport (flush mounting) Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
Vibration Sinusoidal Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
2 g acceleration 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Time behaviour for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Deviation of the measured values as a
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, result of various interferences
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions of Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
the 3 axes 0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal Frequency in the range of < 10 %
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms, 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions Harmonics <1%
of the 3 axes up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
DC components <5%
Climatic stress tests Auxiliary supply voltage DC in <1%
Temperatures the range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.2
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F Auxiliary supply voltage AC in the < 1 %
with continuous current 4 IN: range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.15
–20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F –5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
storage
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F CE conformity
transport This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Humidity nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
95 % relative humidity; condensation The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
not permissible. trial environment according to the EMC standards.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.

5/16 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ46

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.


SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
numerical overcurrent protection relay 7SJ460¨ 1¨¨00 ¨AA0
Current transformer IN
1A 1
5A 5

Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel-flush mounting E

Region-specific/functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B

IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
5

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/17


5

5/18 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

SIPROTEC 7SJ600
Numerical Overcurrent, Motor and Overload Protection Relay
Function overview

Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Earth-fault protection
• Overload protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision
LSP2001-afpen.tif

Motor protection
• Starting time supervision
• Locked rotor
Control functions
• Commands for control of a circuit- 5
Fig. 5/19 SIPROTEC 7SJ600 breaker
numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay • Control via keyboard,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
Measuring functions
• Operational measured values I
Description
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical • Fault event logging with time stamp
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its (buffered)
primary use in radial distribution networks • 8 oscillographic fault records
and motor protection, can also be em-
• Continuous self-monitoring
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection. Communication
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi- • Via personal computer and DIGSI 3 or
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3)
protection along with overload and nega- • Via RS232 – RS485 converter
tive-sequence protection for a very com- • Via modem
prehensive relay package. In this way, • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 2 kV-isolated
equipment such as motors can be pro-
• RS485 interface
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with Hardware
currents that can be smaller than the larg- •3 current transformers
est possible load currents or phase inter-
•3 binary inputs
ruptions are reliably detected.
•3 output relays
•1 live status contact

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/19


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Application

Wide range of applications


The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be em-
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent
protection along with overload and nega-
tive-sequence protection for a very com-
prehensive relay package. In this way,
equipment such as motors can be pro-
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with
currents that can be smaller than the larg-
5 est possible load currents or phase inter-
ruptions are reliably detected. Fig. 5/20 Function diagram
The integrated control function allows
simple control of a circuit-breaker or
disconnector (electrically operated/motor-
ized switch) via the integrated HMI,
DIGSI 3 or DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3) or SCADA
(IEC 60870-5-103 protocol).

ANSI IEC Protection functions


50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection
48 Starting time supervision
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

5/20 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Construction Protection functions The definite-time overcurrent protection


for the 3 phase currents has a low-set
The relay contains all the components Definite-time characteristics overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
needed for overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
The definite-time overcurrent function is instantaneous-tripping element (I>>>).
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured based on phase-selective measurement of Intentional trip delays can be parameteriz-
values the three phase currents and/or earth cur- ed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds for the
• Operation and display rent. low-set and high-set overcurrent
• Output of signals and trip commands Optionally, the earth (ground) current IE elements. The instantaneous zone I>>>
trips without any intentional delay. The
• Input and evaluation of binary signals (Gnd) is calculated or measured from the
definite-time overcurrent protection for
three line currents IL1(IA), IL2(IB) and
• SCADA interface (RS485) the earth (ground) current has a low-set
IL3(IC).
• Power supply. overcurrent element (IE>) and a high-set
The rated CT currents applied to the overcurrent element (IE>>).
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 can be 1 or 5 A. Intentional trip delays can be parameteri-
This is selectable via a jumper inside the re- zed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds.
lay.
Two different housings are available. The
flush-mounting/cubicle-mounting version 5
has terminals accessible from the rear. The
surface-mounting version has terminals
accessible from the front.

Fig. 5/22 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic

Inverse-time characteristics
In addition, invese-time overcurrent pro-
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be ac-
LSP2002-afpen.tif

tivated.

Fig. 5/21
Rear view of flush-mounting housing

Fig. 5/23
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristic


Characteristics acc.to ANSI / IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/21


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)


Protection functions

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)


The thermal overload protection function
provides tripping or alarming based on a
thermal model calculated from phase
currents.
Thermal overload protection without
preload
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the
Fig. 5/24 Tripping characteristic of the negative-sequence protection function
following tripping characteristic applies
only when
I ≥ 1.1 ⋅ IL Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, Cold load pickup
For different thermal time constants TL, I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
By means of a binary input which can be
the tripping time t is calculated in accor- The negative-sequence protection (see Fig. wired from a manual close contact, it is
5 dance with the following equation: 5/24) detects a phase failure or load unbal- possible to switch the overcurrent pickup
35 ance due to network asymmetry. Interrup- settings to less sensitive settings for a pro-
t= 2
⋅ TL tions, short-circuits or crossed connections grammable duration of time. After the set
 I
  −1 to the current transformers are detected. time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
 IL  matically return to their original setting.
Furthermore, low level single-phase and
This can compensate for initial inrush
I = Load current two-phase short-circuits (such as faults be-
when energizing a circuit without compro-
yond a transformer) as well as phase inter-
I2 = Pickup current mising the sensitivity of the overcurrent el-
ruptions can be detected.
ements during steady state conditions.
TL = Time multiplier This function is especially useful for mo-
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN tors since negative sequence currents cause 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure
impermissible overheating of the rotor. (AR, ANSI 79)
Thermal overload protection with preload
In order to detect the unbalanced load, the Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase
The thermal overload protection with con- ratio of negative phase-sequence current to auto-reclosing of a feeder which has previ-
sideration of preload current constantly rated current is evaluated. ously been disconnected by time-
updates the thermal model calculation re- overcurrent protection.
gardless of the magnitude of the phase cur- I2 = Negative-sequence current
rents. The tripping time t is calculated in T12 = Tripping time Trip circuit supervision
accordance with the following tripping (ANSI 74TC)
characteristic (complete memory in accor-
dance with IEC 60255-8). Transformer protection One or two binary inputs can be used for
the trip circuit monitoring.
2 2 The high-set element permits current co-
 I   I pre  ordination where the overcurrent element Control
  − 
 k ⋅ IN   k ⋅ IN  functions as a backup for the lower-level
t = τ ⋅ ln 2 protection relays, and the overload func- The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
 I  opened and closed without command feed-
  −1 tion protects the transformer from thermal
 k ⋅ IN  overload. Low-current single-phase faults back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
on the low voltage side that result in nega- be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
t = Tripping time after beginning of HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment
tive phase-sequence current on the high-
the thermal overload connected to the interface.
voltage side can be detected with the nega-
τ = 35.5 · TL tive-sequence protection.
Ipre
= Pre-load current
TL = Time multiplier
I = Load current
k = k factor (in accordance with
IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
IN = Rated (nominal) current

For further details please refer to


part 2 “Overview”.

5/22 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Protection functions

Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a cir-
cuit-breaker bypassing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
input is implemented.

Busbar protection
(Reverse interlocking)
Binary inputs can be used to block any of
the six current stages. Parameters are as-
signed to decide whether the input circuit
is to operate in open-circuit or closed-cir- 5
cuit mode. In this case, reverse interlocking
provides high-speed busbar protection in
radial or ring power systems that are
opened at one point. The reverse interlock-
ing principle is used, for example, in me-
dium-voltage power systems and in
switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-volt-
age outgoing feeders. Fig. 5/25 Reverse interlocking

Motor protection Features

For short-circuit protection, e.g. elements


I>> (50) and IE (50N) are available. The
stator is protected against thermal overload
by ϑs> (49), the rotor by I2> (46), starting
time supervision (48).

Motor starting time supervision (ANSI 48)


The start-up monitor protects the motor
against excessively long starting. This can
occur, for example, if the rotor is blocked,
if excessive voltage drops occur when the
motor is switched on or if excessive load Fig. 5/26 Wiring communication
torques occur. The tripping time depends
on the current.
2
I 
tTRIP =  start  ⋅ t start max Serial data transmission • General fault detection
 I rms 
A PC can be connected to ease setup of the • General trip
I relay using the Windows-based program • Phase current IL2
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio N
I start DIGSI which runs under MS-Windows. • User-defined message
It can also be used to evaluate up to 8
approx. 0.94 • Breaker control
oscillographic fault records, 8 fault logs
tTRIP = Tripping time and 1 event log containing up to 30 opera- • Oscillographic fault recording
Istart = Start-up current of the motor tional indications. The SIPROTEC 7SJ600
transmits a subset of data via
tstart max = Maximum permissible starting
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol:
time
Irms = Actual current flowing

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/23


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Connection diagrams

Fig. 5/27 Fig. 5/28


Connection of 3 CTs with measurement Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the phase currents of the earth (ground) current

Fig. 5/29
Fig. 5/30
Connection of 2 CTs only for isolated or
Sensitive earth-fault protection
resonant-earthed (grounded) power systems
(3 -times increased sensitivity)

Fig. 5/31 Example of typical wiring

5/24 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

General unit data Heavy-duty (command) contacts


CT circuits Trip relays, number 2 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A Contacts per relay 2 NO
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) Switching capacity
Overload capability current path Make 1000 W / VA
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s Break 30 W / VA
30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Switching voltage 250 V
4 x IN continuous Permissible current
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Continuous 5A
Power consumption For 0.5 s 30 A
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Design
at IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA
Housing 7XP20 Refer to part 16 for
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter dimension drawings
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24, 48 V DC/± 20 % Weight
permissible variations 60, 110/125 V DC/± 20 % Flush mounting /cubicle mount- Approx. 4 kg
220, 250 V DC/± 20 % ing
115 V AC/–20 % +15 %
230 V AC/–20 % +15 %
Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg 5
Degree of protection acc. to
Superimposed AC voltage, EN 60529
peak-to-peak Housing IP51
at rated voltage ≤ 12 % Terminals IP21
at limits of admissible voltage ≤6%
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W Serial interface
Energized Approx. 4 W Interface, serial; isolated
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V DC Standard RS485
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Test voltage 2.8 kV DC for 1 min
Binary inputs
Connection Data cable at housing terminals, two
Number 3 (marshallable) data wires, one frame reference, for
Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC connection of a personal computer
or similar; core pairs with individual
Current consumption, independent Approx. 2.5 mA and common screening, screen must
of operating voltage be earthed (grounded), communica-
Pickup threshold, reconnectable by tion possible via modem
solder bridges Transmission speed As delivered 9600 baud
Rated aux. voltage min. 1200 baud,
24/48/60 V DC Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC max. 19200 baud
Vdrop-out < 8 V DC
110/125/220/250 V DC
Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC Electrical tests
Vdrop-out < 45 V DC
Specifications
Signal contacts
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Signal/alarm relays 2 (marshallable)
Insulation test
Contacts per relay 1 CO
Standards IEC 60255-5, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Switching capacity
High-voltage test (routine test)
Make 1000 W / VA
Except DC voltage supply input 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Break 30 W / VA
and RS485
Switching voltage 250 V Only DC voltage supply input 2.8 kV DC
Permissible current 5A and RS485
High-voltage test (type test)
Between open contacts of trip 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Between open contacts of alarm 1 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs,
all circuits, class III 0.5 J, 3 positive and 3 negative
impulses at intervals of 5 s

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/25


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
(product standard) During operation
EN 50082-2 (generic standard),
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303 Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-2-1 and
IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges/s, duration 2 s Vibration Sinusoidal 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm
IEC 60255-21-1, class1 amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g accel-
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge, IEC 60068-2-6 eration
IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities, Sweep rate 1 octave/min
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri=330 Ω 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency Shock Half-sine, acceleration 5 g, duration
field IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 11 ms, 3 shocks in each direction of 3
Non-modulated, 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III
Amplitude modulated, 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 80 % AM, 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class 1, 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Pulse modulated, 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3, class III frequency, 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
5 (vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/bursts 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-4, class III polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, (vertical axis)
radio-frequency fields, 80 % AM, 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
amplitude modulated 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 601000-4-6, class III During transport
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to Sweep rate 1 octave/min
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation, 50 shots 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
(common mode) per s, duration 2 s, Ri = 150 Ω Shock Half-sine, acceleration 15 g ,
to 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 11 ms, 3 shocks in each
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 surges IEC 60068-2-27 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per s, both polarities, duration 2 s, Continuous shock Half-sine, acceleration 10 g
(commom mode) Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 16 ms, 1000 shocks in each
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz, IEC 60068-2-29 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
ence, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity), Climatic stress tests
Document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
50 MHz, decaying oscillation, Temperatures
Ri = 50 Ω Recommended temperature
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests during operation –5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
> 55 °C decreased display contrast
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Permissible temperature
Conducted interference voltage, aux. 150 kHz to 30 MHz
during operation –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
voltage CISPR 22, EN 55022,
during storage –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DIN VDE 0878 Part 22,
during transport –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
limit value class B
(Storage and transport with
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz standard works packaging)
CISPR 11, EN 55011, DIN VDE
Humidity
0875 Part 11, limit value class A
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity, on 30 days per year
95 % relative humidity,
condensation not permissible

5/26 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

Functions Tolerances
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Pickup values 5%
Delay time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value ± 2 %
Setting range/steps and 0.5 ≤ I/IN ≤ 24 current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Overcurrent pickup phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
earth IE> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ Influencing variables
phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) +23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
and IE>> Frequency, range: ≤ 8 % referred to theoretical time
The set times are pure delay times 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 value
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
At 2 x setting value, without Approx. 35 ms
meas. repetition Setting range/steps
At 2 x setting value, with meas. Approx. 50 ms Tripping stage 8 % to 80 % of IN
repetition I2> in steps of 1 % 8 % to 80 % of IN
Pickup times for I>>> at 2 x I2>> in steps of 1 %
Approx. 20 ms Time delays T(I2>), T(I2>>) 0.00 s to 60.00 s
setting value
in steps of 0.01s 5
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE> Approx. 35 ms Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
I>>> Approx. 65 ms
Pickup times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tripping stage I2>, tripping Approx. 60 ms 75 ms
Overshot time Approx. 25 ms stage I2>>
But with currents I/IN>1.5 Approx. 200 ms 310 ms
Tolerances
(overcurrent case) or
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value
negative-sequence current
IE>, IE>>
< (set value +0.1 x IN)
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Influencing variables
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 35 ms 42 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
tripping stage I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reset ratios
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 0.95 to 0.01 x IN
Frequency, range: ≤ 1.5 % tripping stage I2>>
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 Tolerances
Frequency, range: ≤ 2.5 % Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 with current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Harmonics with current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤1% Stage delay times ± 1 % or 10 ms
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1%
Influence variables
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N) Auxiliary DC voltage, range: ≤1%
Setting range/steps 0.8 ≤Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Overcurrent pickup phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1) Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
earth IEp = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01) –5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Time multiplier for Ip, IEp (IEC charac.) 0.05 to 3.2 s
Frequency,
Tp (steps 0.01 s)
range: 0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 2 % of IN
(ANSI charac.) 0.5 to 15 s
range: 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
(steps 0.1 s)
Auto-reclosure (option) (ANSI 79)
Overcurrent pickup phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
phase I>>> = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Number of possible shots 1 up to 9
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 Auto-reclose modes 3-pole
(steps 0.01), or ∞ Dead times for 1st to 3rd shot 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
Delay time T for I>>, IE>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) for 4th and any further 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
shot
Tripping time characteristics acc. to IEC
Reclaim time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
Drop-out threshold Approx. 1.03 x Ip Lock-out time after 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out time Approx. 35 ms unsuccessful AR
Tripping time characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip Duration of RECLOSE command 0.01s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip Control
alternatively: disk emulation
Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker control None

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/27


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Technical data

Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) Fault recording


(total memory according to IEC 60255-8) Measured values IL1, IL2, IL3
Setting ranges Start signal Trip, start release, binary input
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01)
Thermal time constant tth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Fault storage Max. 8 fault records
Thermal alarm stage Qalarm /Qtrip 50 to 99 % referred to trip tempera- Total storage time (fault detec- Max. 5 s, incl. 35 power-fail safe
ture rise (steps 1 %) tion or trip command = 0 ms) selectable pre-trigger and
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) post-fault time
stand-still kτ Max. storage period per fault 0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
event Tmax
Reset ratios Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01s)
Q/Qtrip Reset below Qalarm Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Q/Qalarm Approx. 0.99 Sampling rate 1 instantaneous value per ms at 50 Hz
Tolerances 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms at
Referring to k × IN ± 5 % (class 5 % acc. to 60 Hz
IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ± 5 % ± 2 s (class 5 % acc. to
IEC 60255-8) Additional functions
Influence variables referred to k ⋅ IN Operational measured values
5 Auxiliary DC voltage in the range £ 1 % Operating currents IL1, IL2, IL3
of 0.8 £ Vaux / VauxN £ 1.2 Measuring range 0 % to 240 % IN
Temperature, range: £ 0.5 % / 10 K Tolerance 3 % of rated value
–5 °C £ Qamb £ +40 °C Thermal overload values
+23 °F £ Qamb £ +104 °F
Calculated temperature rise Q/Qtrip
Frequency, range: £1%
Measuring range 0 % to 300 %
0.95 £ f/fN £ 1.05
Tolerance 5 % referred to Qtrip
Without pickup value IL / IN 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Fault event logging
Memory time multiplier TL 1 to 120 s (steps 0,1 s)
Storage of indications of the last 8
(= t6 -time)
faults
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94
Time assignment
Tolerances
Resolution for operational
Referring to pickup threshold ±5%
indications 1s
1.1· IL
Resolution for fault event
Referring to trip time ±5% ±2s
indications 1 ms
Influence variables Max. time deviation
Auxiliary DC voltage in the range £ 1 % 0.01 %
of 0.8 £ Vaux / VauxN £ 1.2
Trip circuit supervision
Temperature, range: £ 0.5 %/10 K
–5 °C £ Qamb £ +40 °C With one or two binary inputs
+23 °F £ Qamb £ +104 °F Circuit-breaker trip test
Frequency, range: £1%
0.95 £ f/fN £ 1.05 With live trip or trip/reclose cycle
(version with auto-reclosure)
Starting time supervision (motor protection)
Setting ranges
Permissible starting current 0.4 to 20 (steps 0.1) CE conformity
IStart/IN This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Permissible starting time tStart 1 to 360 s (steps 0.1 s) nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
2 electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
I 
Tripping characteristic t =  Start  ⋅ t for I rms > I Start Directive 73/23/EEC).
 I rms 
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Reset ratio Irms / IStart Approx. 0.94
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
Tolerances
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
Pickup value 5%
Delay time 5 % of setting value or 330 ms This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

5/28 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.


7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay 7SJ600¨ ¨¨A¨0 ¨D¨¨
Binary input voltage 24 to 250 V DC with isolated RS485 port

Rated current at 50/60 Hz


1A 1
5A 5

Rated auxiliary voltage


24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC 5
230 V AC1) 6

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E

Languages
English, German, Spanish, French, Russian 0 5
Auto-reclosure (option)
Without 0
With 1

Control
Without A
With B

UL-Listing
Without UL-listing 0
With UL-listing 1

Accessories Converter V.24 - RS485*


With communication cable for the
7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay
Length 1 m
PC adapter
With power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700- 0oo002)
With power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700- 1oo002)

Converter, full-duplex,
fiber-optic cable RS485 with built-in power supply unit
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650- 0BA00
LSP2289-afp.eps

Mounting rail for 19” rack C73165-A63-C200-1

Manual for 7SJ600


Mounting rail English C53000-G1176-C106-7
Spanish C53000-G1178-C106-1

Sample order
7SJ600, 1 A, 60 - 125 V, flush mounting, ARC 7SJ6001-4EA00-1DA0
Converter V.24 -RS485, 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
Manual, English C53000-G1176-C106-7

1) Only when position 16 is not “1” (with UL-listing).


2) Possible versions see part 14.
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor 7XV5103-oAAoo;
see part 14.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/29


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ600

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/32
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

5/30 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Multifunction Overcurrent and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Directional sensitive earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Disk emulation
LSP2136-afpen.tif

• Overload protection
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision 5
Motor protection
Fig. 5/33 SIPROTEC 7SJ602 • Starting time supervision
multifunction protection relay
• Locked rotor
• Restart inhibit
• Undercurrent monitoring
Description • Temperature monitoring
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical Control functions
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its pri- • Commands for control of a circuit-
mary use in radial distribution networks and breaker
motor protection, can also be employed as
• Control via keyboard, , DIGSI 4 or
backup for line, transformer and generator
SCADA system
differential protection. The SIPROTEC
7SJ602 provides definite-time and inverse- Measuring functions
time overcurrent protection along with over- • Operational measured values I, V
load and unbalanced-load (negative- • Power measurement P, Q, S, Wp, Wq
sequence) protection for a very comprehen-
sive relay package. • Slavepointer
• Mean values
For applications with earth-current detection
two versions are available: One version with Monitoring functions
four current transformer inputs for non- • Fault event logging with time stamp
directional earth (ground) fault detection and (buffered)
a second version with three current inputs
• 8 oscillographic fault records
(2 phase, 1 earth/ground) and one voltage in-
put for directional earth (ground) fault detec- • Continuous self-monitoring
tion. Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces are • System interface
open for modern communication architec- − IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
tures with control systems. − PROFIBUS-DP
− MODBUS RTU/ASCII
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
Hardware
• 4 current transformers or
• 3 current + 1 voltage transformers
• 3 binary inputs
• 4 output relays
• 1 live status contact

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/31


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Application

Wide range of applications


The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be employed
as backup for feeder, transformer and gener-
ator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection along with overload and negative se-
quence protection for a very comprehensive
relay package. In this way, equipment such as
motors can be protected against asymmetric
and excessive loading. Asymmetric short-
circuits with currents that can be smaller
than the largest possible load currents or
phase interruptions are reliably detected.
The integrated control function allows sim-
ple control of a circuit-breaker or discon-
nector (electrically operated/motorized
switch) via the integrated HMI, DIGSI or
SCADA.
1) alternatively; see “Selection and ordering data” for details
Fig. 5/34 Function diagram

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions


50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection
64 VE> Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit
37 I< Undercurrent monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device,
e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

5/32 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Construction Protection functions

The relay contains all the components Definite-time characteristics


needed for
The definite-time overcurrent function is
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured based on phase-selective evaluation of the
values three phase currents and earth current.
• Operation and display The definite-time overcurrent protection for
the 3 phase currents has a low-set
• Output of signals and trip commands
overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
• Input and evaluation of binary signals overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set in-
• SCADA interface stantaneous element (I>>>). Intentional trip
(RS485, RS232, fiber-optic) delays can be set from 0 to 60 seconds for the
low-set and high-set overcurrent elements.
• Power supply.
The instantaneous zone I>>> trips without
The rated CT currents applied to the any intentional delay. The definite-time
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 can be 1 A or 5 A. This overcurrent protection for the earth
is selectable via a jumper inside the relay. (ground) current has a low-set overcurrent Fig. 5/37
Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
Two different housings are available. The element (IE>) and a high-set overcurrent ele-
flush-mounting version has terminals acces- ment (IE>>). Intentional trip delays can be
sible from the rear. The surface-mounting parameterized from 0 to 60 seconds.
version has terminals accessible from the
front. Retrofitting of a communication
module, or replacement of an existing com- Inverse-time characteristics
munication module with a new one are both
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent pro-
possible.
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be acti-
vated.

Reset characteristics
For easier time coordination with electrome-
chanical relays, reset characteristics accord-
ing to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /
BS 142 standards are applied. When using
the reset characteristic (disk emulation), a Fig. 5/38
reset process is initiated after the fault cur- Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
LSP2137-afpen.tif

rent has disappeared.


This reset process corresponds to the reverse
movement of the Ferraris disk of an electro-
mechanical relay (thus: disk emulation).

Fig. 5/35
Rear view of flush-mounting housing Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
LSP2138-afpen.tif

Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •
Fig. 5/36
RI/RD-type
View from below showing system
interface (SCADA) with FO connection
(for remote communications)

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/33


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Protection functions
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns)
The direction of power flow in the zero se-
quence is calculated from the zero-sequence
current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. For
networks with an isolated neutral, the reac-
tive current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated. For special network conditions,
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or
low-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping char-
acteristics can be rotated approximately
± 45 degrees (cosine/sinus).
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
ling only mode”.
It has the following functions: Fig. 5/39 Directional determination using cosine measurements

• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.


• Two instantaneous elements or one in- Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Thermal overload protection with preload
stantaneous plus one inverse characteris- The thermal overload protection function The thermal overload protection with con-
tic. provides tripping or alarming based on a sideration of preload current constantly up-
• Each element can be set in forward, re- thermal model calculated from phase cur- dates the thermal model calculation regard-
verse, or non-directional. rents. less of the magnitude of the phase currents.
The tripping time t is calculated in accord-
The ambient temperature or the temperature
ance with the following tripping characteris-
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection of the coolant can be detected serially via an
tic (complete memory in accordance with
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) external temperature monitoring box (also
IEC 60255-8).
called thermo-box). If there is no
For high-resistance earthed networks, a sen- thermo-box it is assumed that the ambient 2 2
 I   Ipre 
sitive input transformer is connected to a temperatures are constant.   − 
phase-balance neutral current transformer  k ⋅ IN   k ⋅ IN 
Thermal overload protection t = τ ⋅ ln 2
(also called core-balance CT).  I 
without preload:   −1
 k ⋅ IN 
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the fol- t = Tripping time after
lowing tripping characteristic applies only beginning of the
when thermal overload
I ≥ 1.1 · IL τ = 35.5 · TL
Ipre = Preload current
For different thermal time constants TL, the I = Load current
tripping time t is calculated in accordance k = k factor (in accordance
with the following equation: with IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
35 TL = Time multiplier
t= 2
⋅ TL IN = Rated (nominal) current
 I
  −1
 IL 

I = Load current
IL = Pickup current
TL = Time multiplier
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN

5/34 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Protection functions

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)


If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
Breaker failure is detected if after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted
circuit. As an option it is possible to make
use of the circuit-breaker position indica- Fig. 5/40 Tripping characteristics of the negative-sequence protection function
tion.

Cold load pickup


Negative-sequence protection (I2>>,
By means of a binary input which can be
I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
wired from a manual close contact, it is pos-
The negative-sequence protection (see sible to switch the overcurrent pickup set-
Fig. 5/40) detects a phase failure or load un- tings to less sensitive settings for a program-
balance due to network asymmetry. Inter- mable duration of time. After the set time
ruptions, short-circuits or crossed connec- has expired, the pickup settings automati-
tions to the current transformers are cally return to their original setting. This can
detected. compensate for initial inrush when energiz-
ing a circuit without compromising the sen-
Furthermore, low level single-phase and
sitivity of the overcurrent elements during
two-phase short-circuits (such as faults be-
steady state conditions.
yond a transformer) as well as phase inter-
ruptions can be detected.
This function is especially useful for motors 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure
since negative-sequence currents cause im- (AR, ANSI 79)
permissible overheating of the rotor.
Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase
In order to detect the unbalanced load, the auto-reclosing of a feeder which has previ-
ratio of negative phase-sequence current to ously been disconnected by
rated current is evaluated. time-overcurrent protection.
I2 = negative-sequence current
T12 = tripping time
Trip circuit supervision
(ANSI 74TC)
Transformer protection One or two binary inputs can be used for
trip circuit monitoring.
The high-set element permits current coor-
dination where the overcurrent element
functions as a backup for the lower-level
Control
protection relays, and the overload function
protects the transformer from thermal over- The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
load. Low-current single-phase faults on the opened and closed without command feed-
low voltage side that result in negative back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
phase-sequence current on the high-voltage be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
side can be detected with the negative-se- HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment con-
quence protection. nected to the interface.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/35


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Protection functions
Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial interface),
the manual closing function is available
without any additional wiring. If the control
switch is connected to a circuit-breaker
by-passing the internal control function,
manual detection using a binary input is im-
plemented.

Busbar protection (Reverse interlocking)


Binary inputs can be used to block any of the
six current stages. Parameters are assigned to
decide whether the input circuit is to operate
in open-circuit or closed-circuit mode. In
this case, reverse interlocking provides high-
speed busbar protection in radial or ring
power systems that are opened at one point.
The reverse interlocking principle is used, for
example, in medium-voltage power systems
and in switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-voltage
outgoing feeders.

Fig. 5/41 Reserve interlocking

5/36 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Motor protection

Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)


Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur when excessive load torque occurs, ex-
cessive voltage drops occur within the motor
or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current.
The tripping time is calculated according to
the following equation:
2
I 
tTRIP =  start  ⋅t start max
 I rms 

IN
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio approx. 0.94
I start Fig. 5/42 Starting time supervision

tTRIP = tripping time


Istart = start-up current of the motor
tstart max = maximum permissible starting
time
Irms = actual current flowing

Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)


If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to
thermal overload, especially the upper
edges of the bars. The rotor temperature is
calculated from the stator current and the
temperature characteristic is shown in a
schematic diagram. The reclosing lockout
only permits startup of the motor if the ro-
tor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up.
Fig. 5/43 Restart inhibit
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
With this function, a sudden drop in cur-
rent, which may occur due to a reduced
motor load, is detected. This can cause Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) Additional functions
shaft breakage, no-load operation of A temperature monitoring box with a total Measured values
pumps or fan failure. of 6 measuring sensors can be used for tem-
perature monitoring and detection by the The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac-
protection relay. The thermal status of mo- quired current and voltage along with the
tors, generators and transformers can be power factor, active and reactive power. The
monitored with this device. Additionally, the following functions are available for meas-
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma- ured value processing:
chines are monitored for limit value viola- • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
tion. The temperatures are measured with
• Voltages VL1, VE (67NS) if existing
the help of temperature detectors at various
locations of the device to be protected. This • Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
data is transmitted to the protection relay via • Power factor (cos ϕ),
a temperature monitoring box (also called • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
thermo-box or RTD-box) (see “Acces-
reverse power flow
sories”).
• Mean as well as minimum and maxi-
mum current, voltage and power values

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/37


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Communication
With respect to communication, particular Fig. 5/44
Electrical communication module
emphasis has been placed on high levels of

LSP2163-afp.eps
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability.

Local PC interface
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is fitted with an
RS232 PC front port. A PC can be connected
to ease set-up of the relay using the Win-
dows-based program DIGSI which runs un- Fig. 5/45
Fiber-optic double ring communication
der MS-Windows. It can also be used to
module
evaluate up to 8 oscillographic fault records,
8 fault logs and 1 event log containing up to
30 events.

LSP2164-afp.eps
System interface on bottom of the unit
A communication module located on the
bottom part of the unit incorporates op-
tional equipment complements and readily
permits retrofitting. It guarantees the ability
to comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces.
This interface is used to carry out communi-
cation with a control or a protection system
and supports a variety of communication
protocols and interface designs, depending
on the module connected.

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol


IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stand-
ardized protocol for the efficient communi-
cation in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.

PROFIBUS-DP Fig. 5/46 System solution/communication

PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

5/38 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Typical connections 7SJ6021/7SJ6025

CT connections
Fig. 5/47 Standard
• Phase current measured
• Earth current measured
(e. g. core balance CT)
Fig. 5/48 Standard connection
• Connection of 3 CTs with residual
connection for neutral fault
Fig. 5/49 • Isolated networks only

Fig. 5/47
Connection of 4 CTs with
measurement of the earth
(ground) current

Fig. 5/48
Connection of 3 CTs with
residual connection for
neutral fault

Fig. 5/49
Connection of 2 CTs
only for isolated or
resonant-earthed
(grounded) power
systems

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/39


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Typical connections
7SJ6022/7SJ6026

Fig. 5/50
Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the sensitive earth (ground) current

Fig. 5/52
Fig. 5/51 Connection of 3 CTs and 1 VT with
Connection of 3 CTs with directional measurement of the earth (ground)
earth (ground)-fault detection current and one phase voltage

Fig. 5/53 Example of typical wiring

5/40 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

General unit data Alarm relays 1


CT circuits Contacts per relay 1 NO/NC (form A/B)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (settable) Switching capacity
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A or < 8 A (settable) Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) 25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms
Power consumption Switching voltage 250 V
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA
at IN = 5 A < 0.3 VA Permissible current 5 A continuous
For sensitive earth-fault Approx. 0.05 VA Binary inputs
detection at 1 A
Number 3 (configurable)
Overload capability
Thermal (r.m.s) 100 x IN for 1 s Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
30 x IN for 10 s Current consumption, Approx. 1.8 mA
4 x IN continuous independent of operating voltage
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Pickup threshold, selectable via
Overload capability if equipped bridges
with sensitive earth-fault current Rated aux. voltage
transformer 24/48/60/110 V DC Vpickup ≥ 19 V DC
Thermal (r.m.s.) 300 A for 1 s 110/125/220/250 V DC Vpickup ≥ 88 V DC
100 A for 10 s Permissible maximum voltage 300 V DC
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Connection (with screws)
Current terminals
Voltage transformer
Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 11 mm, d1 = 5 mm
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V
Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Power consumption at VN = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Overload capability in voltage connector sleeve
path (phase-neutral voltage) Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Thermal (r.m.s.) 230 V continuous
Voltage terminals
Power supply Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 10 mm, d1 = 4 mm
Power supply via integrated Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
DC/DC converter Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24/48 V DC/± 20 % connector sleeve
permissible variations 60/110 V DC/± 20 % Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
110/125/220/250 V DC/± 20 %
Unit design
115 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 %
230 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 % Housing 7XP20 For dimensions please refer
to dimension drawings
Superimposed AC voltage,
peak-to-peak Degree of protection
At rated voltage ≤ 12 % acc. to EN 60529
At limits of admissible voltage ≤6% For the device
in surface-mounting housing IP 51
Power consumption Approx. 3 to 6 W, depending on
in flush-mounting housing
operational status and selected aux-
front IP 51
iliary voltage
rear IP 20
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V AC/DC
For personal safety IP 2x with closed protection cover
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Weight
Binary outputs Flush mounting/ Approx. 4 kg
Trip relays 4 (configurable) cubicle mounting
Contacts per relay 1 NO/form A Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
(Two contacts changeable to
NC/form B, via jumpers) Serial interfaces
Switching capacity Operating interface
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive Connection At front side, non-isolated, RS232,
25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms 9-pin subminiature connector
Switching voltage 250 V Operation With DIGSI 4.3 or higher
Permissible current Transmission speed As delivered 19200 baud, parity: 8E1
Continuous 5A Min. 1200 baud
For 0.5 s 30 A Max. 19200 baud
Permissible total current Distance 15 m
For common potential:
Continuous 5A
For 0.5 s 30 A

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/41


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

System interface (bottom of unit) System interface (bottom of unit), cont’d


IEC 60870-5-103 protocol MODBUS RTU / ASCII
Connection Isolated interface for data transmis- Isolated interface for data transfer
sion to a control center
Transmission rate Min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
As delivered 9600 baud Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4
RS232/RS485 acc. to ordered RS485
version
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector on the
bottom part of the housing Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
recommended
Test voltage 500 V AC
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
RS232 maximum distance 15 m
Fiber-optic
RS485 maximum distance 1000 m
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
Fiber-optic optic connection
Connector type ST connector on the bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
of the housing
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 µm
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm or 62.5/125 µm
Laser class 1 acc. to For glass fiber 50/125 µm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
EN 60825-1/-2 or 62.5/125 µm
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Idle state of interface “Light off”
Bridgeable distance Max. 1.5 km
No character position Selectable, setting as supplied
„light off” Electrical tests
Specifications
PROFIBUS-DP
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center Insulation tests
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud High-voltage tests (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50 Hz
Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4 all circuits except for auxiliary
voltage, binary inputs and
RS485 communication interfaces
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector High-voltage tests (routine test) 3.5 kV DC
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; Auxiliary voltage and binary in-
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; puts
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud High-voltage tests (routine test) 500 V (r.m.s. value); 50 Hz
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth only isolated communication
Fiber optic interfaces

Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- Impulse voltage tests (type test) 5 kV (peak value), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J,
optic connection all circuits, except 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
communication interfaces intervals of 5 s
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 µm
or 62.5/125 µm Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22,
(product standard)
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles DIN 57435 Part 303
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz,
Idle state of interface Settable, setting as supplied “light off” IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 µs; 400 surges per s;
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III test duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge,
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities, 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III duration > 10 s
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz,
field, pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % PM

5/42 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests, (cont’d) Mechanical stress tests
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; During operation
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
test duration 1 min and IEC 60068-2
Surge voltage IEC 61000-4-5, class III Pulse: 1.2/50 µs Vibration Sinusoidal
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit (common IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm ampli-
mode): 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF; IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Across contacts (diff. mode): 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
1 kV, 2 Ω, 18 µF Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Measuring inputs, From circuit to circuit (common
binary inputs/outputs mode): 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF; Shock Half-sine,
Across contacts (diff. mode): IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
1 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF 3 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Conducted RF 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), (horizontal axis)
capability 1 to 1.5 MHz damped wave; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; duration 2 s (vertical axis)
Ri = 150 to 200 Ω; Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
capability 50 surges per s, both polarities; During transportation
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and IEC 60068-2
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.90.2 IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value), IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 60694/ IEC 61000-4-12 polarity alternating Sweep rate 1 octave/min
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Ri = 200 Ω; Shock Half-sine,
EMC tests interference emission; type tests IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) 3 orthogonal axes
Conducted interferences, 150 kHz to 30 MHz Continuous shock Half-sine,
only auxiliary voltage limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC/CISPR 22 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC/CISPR 22 limit class B
Harmonic currents on incoming Unit belongs to class D Climatic stress tests
lines of system at 230 V AC (applies only to units with > 50 VA
IEC 61000-3-2 power consumption) Temperatures
Voltage fluctuation and flicker Limit values are adhered to Recommended temperature
range on incoming lines of system During operation –5 °C to +55 °C /23 °F to 131 °F,
at 230 V AC (> 55 °C decreased display contrast)
IEC 61000-3-3 Limit temperature
During operation –20 °C to +70 °C /–4 °F to 158 °F
During storage –25 °C to +55 °C /–13 °F to 131 °F
During transport –25 °C to +70 °C /–13 °F to 158 °F
(Storage and transport
with standard works packaging)
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average: ≤ 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity, on 56 days per year 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity, condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/43


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Functions Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N)


Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Setting ranges/steps
Setting ranges/steps Low-set overcurrent element
Low-set overcurrent element Phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Earth IEp I/IN = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Earth IE> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
High-set overcurrent element (IEC charac.) Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s)
Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ (ANSI charac.) D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
Instantaneous tripping High-set overcurrent element
Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞
and IE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) Instantaneous tripping
The set times are pure delay times Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Delay time TI>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 25 ms Tripping time characteristic
without meas. repetition acc. to IEC See page 5/33
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 35 ms Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
with meas. repetition
Reset threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
Pickup times for I>>> Approx. 15 ms alternatively disk emulation
at 2 x setting value
Dropout time
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Approx. 40 ms 50 Hz Approx. 50 ms
Reset time I>>> Approx. 50 ms 60 HZ Approx. 60 ms
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tolerances
Overshot time Approx. 55 ms Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
Tolerances rated value
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
IE>, IE>> rated value and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance;
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms at least 30 ms
Influencing variables Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range: Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Temperature, range:
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F -23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range Frequency, range:
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % time value
Harmonics Tripping characteristic
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% acc. to ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1% Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
alternatively disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
rated value
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
30 ms
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range:
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value

5/44 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

(Sensitive) earth-fault protection (directional/non-directional) Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns), cont’d
Definite-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 50Ns) Temperature, range:
Setting ranges/steps -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Low-set element IEE> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
or ∞ (deactivated) Frequency, range: ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 time value
or ∞ (deactivated) Tripping characteristic acc. to
Delay times T for IEE> and IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x IEEp
Pickup times IEE>, IEE>>
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x IEEp
At 2 x setting value Approx. 35 ms alternatively disk emulation
without meas. repetition
Tolerances
At 2 x setting value Approx. 55 ms Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
with meas. repetition rated value
Reset times IEE>, IEE>> Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
At 50 Hz Approx. 65 ms and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
At 60 Hz Approx. 95 ms 30 ms
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Influencing variables
Overshot time Approx. 55 ms Auxiliary voltage, range:
Tolerances 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Pickup values IEE>, IEE>> 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Temperature, range:
rated value -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Influencing variables Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
Auxiliary voltage, range:
time value
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Direction detection (ANSI 67Ns)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Direction measurement IE, VE (measured)
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Measuring principle Active/reactive measurement
Frequency, ranges: Measuring enable
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.2
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
Harmonics Reset ratio Approx. 0.8
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ
Up to 10 % of 5rd harmonic ≤1%
Direction vector -45 ° to +45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns)
Dropout delay TReset Delay 1 to 60 s (steps 1 s)
Setting ranges/steps
Low-set element IEEp I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.4 (steps 0.001) Angle correction for cable In 2 operating points F1 and F2
converter
Time multiplier for IEEp Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s) (for resonant-earthed system)
(IEC characteristic)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Time multiplier for IEEp D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
(ANSI characteristic) Current values I1, I2
For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.6
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
or ∞ (deactivated)
Measuring tolerance 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Delay time T for IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) acc. to DIN 57435
Tripping time characteristic Angle tolerance 3°
acc. to IEC See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x IEEp Displacement voltage (ANSI 64)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.03 x IEEp Displacement voltage, measured VE >/VN = 0.02 to 1.3 (steps 0.001)
alternatively disk emulation Measuring time Approx. 60 ms
Dropout time Pickup delay time 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
50 Hz Approx. 50 ms Time delay 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
60 Hz Approx. 60 ms
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
Tolerances
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of rated Measuring tolerance
value VE (measured) 3 % of setting value, or 0.3 V
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value Operating time tolerances 1 % of setting value, or 10 ms
and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; The set times are pure delay times
at least 30 ms
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/45


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) with preload Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges Setting ranges/steps
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> 8 to 80 % to IN (steps 1 %)
Thermal time constant τth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Delay times T (I2>), T (I2>>) 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Thermal warning stage 50 to 99 % referred to trip Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
Θalarm/Θtrip temperature rise (steps 1 %) Pickup times at fN = 50 Hz at fN = 60 Hz
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 60 ms Approx. 75 ms
stand-still kτ But with currents I/IN > 1.5
Reset ratios (overcurrent case) or negative-
Θ/Θtrip Reset below 0.99 Θalarm sequence current < (set value
Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99 +0.1 x IN) Approx. 200 ms Approx. 310 ms
Tolerances Reset times
Referring to k · IN ±5% Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 35 ms Approx. 42 ms
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Reset ratios
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 0.9 to 0.01 x IN
Influencing variables Tolerances
Auxiliary DC voltage, range Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Temperature, range Current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Delay times T (I2>) and T (I2>>) ± 1 % but min. 10 ms
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Influencing variables
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1% Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Thermal overload protection without memory (ANSI 49) without preload Temperature, range
Setting ranges –5 °C ≤ Θamb +40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Pickup value IL/IN = 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Frequency, range
Time multiplier tL (= t6 -time) 1 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s)
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1 % of IN
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
Tolerances
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Referring to pickup ± 5 % of setting value or 5 %
Number of possible shots 1 to 9, configurable
threshold 1.1 IL of rated value
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Auto-reclosure modes 3-pole

Influencing variables Dead times for 1st and any 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
further shot
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Blocking time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)

Temperature, range Lock-out time after unsuccessful 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K AR
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency, range Duration of reclose command 0.01 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1%
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Breaker failure protection Trip circuit supervision With one or two binary inputs
Setting ranges/steps Circuit-breaker trip test Trip/reclosure cycle
Pickup of current element CB I>/IN = 0.04 to 1.0 (steps 0.01)
Control
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
Number of devices 1
Pickup times (with internal start) is contained in the delay time
(via control) is contained in the delay time Evaluation of breaker contact None
(with external start) is contained in the delay time
Dropout time Approx. 25 ms
Tolerances
Pickup value 2 % of setting value
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms

5/46 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Motor protection Thermo-box (instead of system interface) (ANSI 38)


Setting ranges/steps Number of temperature sensors Max. 6
Rated motor current/ Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
transformer rated current Imotor/IN = 0.2 to 1.2
(in steps of 0.1) Installation drawing “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator”
or “Bearing” or “Other”
Start-up current of the motor Istart/Imotor = 0.4 to 20
(in steps of 0.1) Limit values for indications
For each measuring detector
Permissible start-up time tstart max 1 to 360 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Warning temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48) (stage 1) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
Setting ranges/steps
Pickup threshold Ipickup/Imotor = 0.4 to 20 Alarm temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
(in steps of 0.1) (stage 2) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
Tripping time characteristic 2
I 
t TRIP =  start  ⋅ t start max
 Irms  Additional functions
Operational measured values
For Irms > Ipickup
Istart = Start-up current of the For currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE
motor in A (Amps) primary or in % IN
Irms = Current actually flowing Range 10 to 240 % IN
Ipickup = Pickup threshold, from Tolerance 3 % of measured value
which the motor start-up For voltages VL1-E, in kV primary or in %
is detected Range 10 to 120 % of VN
tstart max = Maximum permissible Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
starting time
tTRIP = Tripping time
For sensitive earth-current IEE, IEEac, IEEreac
detection (r.m.s., active and reactive current)
Reset ratio Irms/Ipickup Approx. 0.94 in A (kA) primary, or in %
Tolerances Range 0 to 160 % IEEN
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % rated Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
value Power/work
Delay time 5 % or 330 ms
S Apparent power in kVA, MVA, GVA
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66/86)
S/VA (apparent power) For V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Setting ranges/steps typically < 6 %
Rotor temperature compensation 0 to 60 min (in steps of 0.1min)
time TCOMP P Active power, in kW, MW, GW
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) P/Watts (active power) For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
time Trestart < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Maximum permissible number 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) Q Reactive power, In kvar, Mvar, Gvar
of warm starts nw Q/Var (reactive power) For |sin ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
warm start nc - nw cos ϕ, total and phase-selective -1 to +1
Extension factor for cooling 1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Power factor cos ϕ For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
simulation of the rotor <5%
(running and stop)
nc − 1 Metering
Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
nc + Wp kWh In kWh, MWh, GWh forward
Θrestart = Temperature limit
- Wp kWh In kWh reverse
below which restarting
+ Wq kvarh In kvarh inductive
is possible
- Wq kvarh In kvarh, Mvarh, Gvarh capacitive
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Long-term mean values
rotor overtemperature
(= 100 % in operational Mean values 15, 30, 60 minutes mean values
measured value IL1 dmd in A, kA Pdmd in kW
Θrot/Θrot trip) IL2 dmd in A, kA Qdmd in kvar
nc = Number of permissible IL3 dmd in A, kA Sdmd in kVA
start-ups from cold
state

Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)


Threshold IL < /IN = 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay time for IL< 0 to 320 s (in steps of 0.1 s)

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/47


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Technical data

Min/max. LOG (memory)


Measured values With date and time
Reset automatic Time of day (settable in minutes)
Time range (settable in days;
1 to 365, ∞)
Reset manual Via binary input
Via keyboard
Via communication
Min./max. values of primary cur- IL1; IL2; IL3
rents
Min./max. values of primary volt- VL1-E
ages
Min./max. values of power S Apparent Power
P Active power
Q Reactive power
Power factor cos ϕ
Min./max. values of primary cur-
rents mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Min./max. values of power mean
value Pdmd, Qdmd, Sdmd
Fault event log
Storage Storage of the last 8 faults
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
indications 1s
Resolution for fault event
indications 1 ms
Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Fault recording
Storage Storage of max. 8 fault events
Total storage time (fault detection Max. 5 s, selectable pre-trigger and
or trip command = 0 ms) post-fault time
Max. storage period per fault
event Tmax 0.30 s to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Sampling rate at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per ms
Sampling rate at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms
Backup battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
type CR ½ AA
Self-discharge time > 5 years
“Battery fault” battery charge warn-
ing

CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
(Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Part 303).
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
and standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.

5/48 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order


code
7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602¨ – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨o¨¨ ¨o¨
motor protection relay
Measuring inputs (4 x I), default settings
IN = 1 A1), 15th position only with A 1
IN = 5 A1), 15th position only with A

Measuring inputs (1 x V, 3 x I), default settings


See next
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.003 to 1.5 A), page
15th position only with B and J 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.015 to 7.5 A),
15th position only with B and J 6

Auxiliary voltage
24/48 V DC, binary input threshold 19 V3) 2
60/110 V DC2), binary input threshold 19 V3) 4
110/125/220/250 V DC, 115/230 V AC2) binary input threshold 88 V3) 5

Unit design 5
Surface-mounting housing, terminals on top and bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals

Region-specific default and language settings


Region World, 50/60 Hz, ANSI/IEC characteristic,
languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Russian B

System port (on bottom of unit)


No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS4854) 8
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0E

Command (without process check back signal)


Without command 0
With command 1

Measuring / fault recording


Oscillographic fault recording 1
Oscillographic fault recording, slave pointer, mean values, min./max. values 3

1) Rated current can be selected by


means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
4) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer
to "Accessories".

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/49


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.


SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602o ooooo oooo
motor protection relay
ANSI No. Description
Basic version
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
1)
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F A
Basic version + directional ground/earth-fault detection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
5 Cold load pickup
2)
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F B
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
2)
Voltage and power measuring F J
Basic version + motor protection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
48 Starting time supervision
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
1)
66/86 Restart inhibit H A
Basic version + directional ground/earth fault protection + motor protection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
48 Starting time supervision
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H B
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring + motor protection
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
Voltage and power measuring
48 Starting time supervision
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H J
Auto-reclosure (ARC)
1) Only with position 7 = 1 or 5 Without auto-reclosure ARC 0
2) Only with position 7 = 2 or 6 79 With auto-reclosure ARC 1
5/50 Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Accessories Description Order No.


DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher),
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo
Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers 5
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs on CD-ROM.
Authorization by serial number. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box


24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Connecting cable (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)


Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ602


English C53000-G1176-C125-4

Description Order No. Size of Supplier


LSP2093-afp.eps

package
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens

Short-circuit links Voltage/current terminal 8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens


for current terminals Short-circuit links
LSP2289-afp.eps

For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens


For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Your local Siemens representative
can inform you on local suppliers.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/51


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/54
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

5/52 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ602

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/55
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/53


5/54 Siemens SIP · 2004
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2299-afpen.eps

– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
• Overload protection 5
• Temperature monitoring
Fig. 5/56 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay • Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Auto-reclosure
• Lockout
Description
Control functions/programmable logic
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 relays can be used • Commands for control of a
for line protection of high and medium circuit-breaker and of isolators
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com- • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
pensated neutral point. When protecting DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
motors, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 is suitable • User-defined logic with CFC
for asynchronous machines of all sizes. The (e.g. interlocking)
relay performs all functions of backup pro-
tection supplementary to transformer dif- Monitoring functions
ferential protection. • Operational measured values I
The relay provides a simple control of the • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
circuit-breaker and automation functions. • Slave pointer
The integrated programmable logic (CFC)
allows the user to implement their own • Time metering of operating hours
functions, e. g. for the automation of • Trip circuit supervision
switchgear (interlocking). The user is also • 8 oscillographic fault records
allowed to generate user-defined messages.
Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces are
open for modern communication architec- • System interface
tures with control systems. – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 618501)
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/8/11 binary inputs
• 4/8/6 output relays

1) Version V4.51 and newer.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/55


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Application

Fig. 5/57 Function diagram

The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 unit is a numerical Line protection Backup protection


protection relay that also performs control The relay is a non-directional overcurrent re- The 7SJ61can be used universally for backup
and monitoring functions and therefore sup- lay which can be used for line protection of protection.
ports the user in cost-effective power system high and medium-voltage networks with
management, and ensures reliable supply of earthed (grounded), low-resistance earthed, Metering values
electric power to the customers. Local opera- isolated or compensated neutral point.
tion has been designed according to ergo- Extensive measured values, limit values and
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read display metered values permit improved system
Motor protection management.
was a major design aim.
When protecting motors, 7SJ61 is suitable
Control for asynchronous machines of all sizes.
The integrated control function permits con- Transformer protection
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper-
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers The relay performs all functions of backup
via the integrated operator panel, binary in- protection supplementary to transformer
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection differential protection. The inrush sup-
system (e.g. SICAM). A full range of com- pression effectively prevents tripping by in-
mand processing functions is provided. rush currents.
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
Programmable logic protection detects short-circuits and insula-
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) tion faults on the transformer.
allow the user to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.

5/56 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Application

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)


IE>, IE>>

51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)

– IE> Intermittent earth fault

87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection

50BF Breaker failure protection

79 Auto-reclosure

46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)

49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection 5


48 Starting time supervision

14 Locked rotor protection

66/86 Restart inhibit

37 I< Undercurrent monitoring

38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box),


e.g. bearing temperature monitoring

Construction

Connection techniques and


housing with many advantages
1/3-rack sizes is the available housing
width of the 7SJ61 relays, referred to a 19”
module frame system. This means that
previous models can always be replaced.
The height is a uniform 244 mm for flush-
mounting housings and 266 mm for sur-
face-mounting housing for all housing
widths. All cables can be connected with or
LSP2099-afpen.eps

without ring lugs.


In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing.
Fig. 5/58 Rear view with screw-type terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/57


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Protection functions

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Two
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.

5 Fig. 5/59 Fig. 5/60


Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Available inverse-time characteristics


Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Reset characteristics Inrush restraint


For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional normal elements (I>, Ip) are
When using the reset characteristic (disk blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup
process corresponds to the reverse move- For time-overcurrent protection functions
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome- the initiation thresholds and tripping times
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation). can be switched via binary inputs or by
time control.
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.

5/58 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Settable dropout delay times


Protection functions
If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50Ns, mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
51Ns/50N, 51N) tent faults, the long dropout times of the
electromechanical devices (several hundred
For high-resistance earthed networks, a
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
sensitive input transformer is connected to
of time grading. Clean time grading is only
a phase-balance neutral current trans-
possible if the dropout time is approximately
former (also called core-balance CT).
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
The earth-fault current is also calculated out times can be defined for certain functions
from the phase currents so that the earth- such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
fault protection operates correctly in the short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
event of current transformer saturation. The tection.
function can also be operated in the insensi-
tive mode as an additional short- circuit pro- Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
tection. Multiple reclosures can be defined by the
Fig. 5/61 High-impedance restricted earth-
user and lockout will occur if a fault is fault protection
Intermittent earth-fault protection
present after the last reclosures. The fol-
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to lowing functions are possible: 5
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result overload function is automatically adapted
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults to the ambient conditions. If there is no
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults
either simply cease at some stage or develop • Separate settings for phase and earth faults RTD-box it is assumed that the ambient
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit- temperatures are constant.
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in (RAR) and up to nine delayed auto- High-impedance restricted earth-fault pro-
networks that are impedance-earthed may reclosures (DAR) tection (ANSI 87N)
undergo thermal overloading. The normal
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect • Starting of the ARC depends on the trip The high-impedance measurement princi-
and interrupt the current pulses, some of command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51) ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
method for detecting earth faults, espe-
which can be very brief. • Blocking option of the ARC via binary cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
The selectivity required with intermittent inputs plied to motors, generators and reactors
earth faults is achieved by summating the
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC when these are operated on an earthed net-
duration of the individual pulses and by work.
triggering when a (settable) summed time is • The overcurrent elements can either be
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- blocked or operated non-delayed depend- When the high-impedance measurement
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems ing on the auto-reclosure cycle principle is applied, all current transform-
period. ers in the protected area are connected in
• Dynamic setting of the overcurrent ele- parallel and operated on one common re-
ments can be activated depending on the sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
ready AR measured (see Fig. 5/61). In the case of
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is 7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) tecting the current through the (external)
command, another command can be initi- For protecting cables and transformers, resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
ated using the breaker failure protection an overload protection with an integrated ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an pre-warning element for temperature and limit the voltage in the event of an internal
upstream (higher-level) protection relay. fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
current can be applied. The temperature is
Breaker failure is detected if after a trip com- age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted tion. At the same time, this results in
body model (according to IEC 60255-8), smoothing of the voltage without any
circuit. As an option it is possible to make use which takes account both of the energy en-
of the circuit-breaker position indication. noteworthy reduction of the average value.
tering the equipment and the energy losses. If no faults have occurred and in the event
The calculated temperature is constantly of external faults, the system is at equilib-
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
adjusted accordingly. Thus, account is rium, and the voltage through the resistor
(Negative-sequence protection)
taken of the previous load and the load is approximately zero. In the event of in-
In line protection, the two-element phase- fluctuations. ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
balance current/negative-sequence protec- leads to a voltage and a current flow
For thermal protection of motors (espe-
tion permits detection on the high side of through the resistor R.
cially the stator) a further time constant
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and
can be set so that the thermal ratios can be The current transformers must be of the
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low
detected correctly while the motor is rotat- same type and must at least offer a separate
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch
ing and when it is stopped. The ambient core for the high-impedance restricted
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec-
temperature or the temperature of the earth-fault protection. They must in par-
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the
coolant can be detected serially via an ex- ticular have the same transformation ratio
transformer. To detect the unbalanced
ternal temperature monitoring box (resis- and an approximately identical knee-point
load, the ratio negative-sequence cur-
tance-temperature detector box, also called voltage. They should also demonstrate only
rent/rated (nominal) current is evaluated.
RTD-box). The thermal replica of the minimal measuring errors.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/59


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Protection functions/Functions

n Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups that
might occur when excessive load torque
occurs, excessive voltage drops occur
within the motor or if the rotor is locked.
Rotor temperature is calculated from mea-
sured stator current. The tripping time is
calculated according to the following equa-
tion:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t =  A  ⋅ TA
I
 I 
I = Actual current flowing
5 IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start Fig. 5/62
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current
TA = Tripping time at rated motor Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86) There is no mathematically exact method
starting current If a motor is started up too many times in of calculating the wear or the remaining
If the trip time is rated according to the succession, the rotor can be subject to ther- service life of circuit-breakers that takes
above formula, even a prolonged start-up mal overload, especially the upper edges of into account the arc-chamber's physical
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated conditions when the CB opens. This is why
current) will be evaluated correctly. from the stator current and the temperature various methods of determining CB wear
characteristic is shown in a schematic dia- have evolved which reflect the different op-
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- erator philosophies. To do justice to these,
gram. The reclosing lockout only permits
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- the devices offer several methods:
start-up of the motor if the rotor has suffi-
ping is effected. The tripping time is inverse
(current dependent).
cient thermal reserves for a complete start- • I
up.
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Emergency start-up The devices additionally offer a new
Up to 2 temperature monitoring boxes with method for determining the remaining ser-
This function disables the reclosing lockout
a total of 12 measuring sensors can be used vice life:
via a binary input by storing the state of the
for temperature monitoring and detection by
thermal replica until the binary input is ac- • Two-point method
the protection relay. The thermal status of
tive. It is also possible to reset the thermal The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
motors, generators and transformers can be
replica to zero. switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/63) and
monitored with this device. Additionally, the
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma- the breaking current at the time of contact
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) opening serve as the basis for this method.
chines are monitored for limit value viola-
tion. The temperatures are being measured With this function, a sudden drop in current, After CB opening, the two-point method
with the help of temperature detectors at var- that can occur due to a reduced motor load, calculates the number of still possible
ious locations of the device to be protected. is detected. This can cause shaft breakage, switching cycles. To this end, the two
This data is transmitted to the protection re- no-load operation of pumps or fan failure. points P1 and P2 only have to be set on the
lay via one or two temperature monitoring device. These are specified in the CB's tech-
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/78). Circuit-breaker wear monitoring nical data.
Methods for determining circuit-breaker All of these methods are phase-selective and a
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) contact wear or the remaining service life of a limit value can be set in order to obtain an
(Negative-sequence protection) circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance alarm if the actual value falls below or ex-
The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur- intervals to be aligned to their actual degree ceeds the limit value during determination of
rent protection detects a phase failure or load of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte- the remaining service life.
unbalance due to network asymmetry and nance costs.
protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
perature rise. To detect the unbalanced load,
the ratio of negative-sequence current to
rated current is evaluated.

5/60 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Automation / user-defined logic


Protection functions/Functions
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
Commissioning graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
Commissioning could hardly be easier and
tion. Functions are activated via function
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of
keys, binary input or via communication
the binary inputs can be read individually
interface.
and the state of the binary outputs can be
set individually. The operation of switch-
Switching authority
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
devices) can be checked using the switch- Switching authority is determined accord-
ing functions of the bay controller. The an- ing to parameters, communication or by
alog measured values are represented as key-operated switch (when available).
wide-ranging operational measured values.
If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
To prevent transmission of information to switching operations are possible. The fol-
the control center during maintenance, the lowing sequence of switching authority is
bay controller communications can be dis- laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
abled to prevent unnecessary data from being “REMOTE”.
transmitted. During commissioning, all indi-
cations with test marking for test purposes
Every switching operation and change of 5
breaker position is kept in the status indica-
can be connected to a control and protection
tion memory. The switch command source,
system. Fig. 5/63 CB switching cycle diagram
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous
change or command) and result of a switch-
n Control and automatic functions
ing operation are retained.
Control Assignment of feedback to command
Command processing The positions of the circuit-breaker or
In addition to the protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control All the functionality of command process- switching devices and transformer taps are
and monitoring functions that are required ing is offered. This includes the processing acquired by feedback. These indication in-
for operating medium-voltage or high- of single and double commands with or puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
voltage substations. without feedback, sophisticated monitor- ing command outputs. The unit can there-
ing of the control hardware and software, fore distinguish whether the indication
The main application is reliable control of checking of the external process, control change is a consequence of switching opera-
switching and other processes. actions using functions such as runtime tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of
The status of primary equipment or auxil- monitoring and automatic command ter- state (intermediate position).
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary mination after output. Here are some typi-
contacts and communicated to the 7SJ61 cal applications: Chatter disable
via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to • Single and double commands using 1, Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
detect and indicate both the OPEN and 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts a configured period of time, the number of
CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi- status changes of indication input exceeds a
ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact • User-definable bay interlocks specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
position. • Operating sequences combining several input is blocked for a certain period, so that
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be switching operations such as control of the event list will not record excessive opera-
controlled via: circuit-breakers, disconnectors and tions.
earthing switches
– integrated operator panel Filter time
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
– binary inputs
cations or alarm by combination with All binary indications can be subjected to a
– substation control and protection system
existing information filter time (indication suppression).
– DIGSI 4

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/61


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Metered values
Functions
If an external meter with a metering pulse
Indication filtering and delay output is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit
can obtain and process metering pulses via
Indications can be filtered or delayed.
an indication input.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
The metered values can be displayed and
potential at the indication input. The indica-
passed on to a control center as an accumu-
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
lation with reset.
age is still present after a set period of time. In
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
Switchgear cubicles
for a preset time. The information is passed
for high/medium voltage
on only if the indication voltage is still pres-
ent after this time. All units are designed specifically to meet
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
Indication derivation applications.
A further indication (or a command) can be In general, no separate measuring instru-
derived from an existing indication. Group ments or additional control components
indications can also be formed. The volume are necessary.
5 of information to the system interface can

LSP2077f.eps
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.

Transmission lockout
A data transmission lockout can be activated,
so as to prevent transfer of information to the
control center during work on a circuit bay.

Test operation
During commissioning, all indications can
Fig. 5/64
be passed to an automatic control system for
NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
test purposes.

Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current. The following functions
are available for measured value process-
ing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (50Ns)
• Symmetrical components
I1, I2, 3I0
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.

5/62 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

System interface protocols (retrofittable)


Communication
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an interna-
substantial flexibility in the context of con- tional standard for the transmission of pro-
nection to industrial and power automation tective data and fault recordings. All mes-
standards. Communication can be extended sages from the unit and also control
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit- commands can be transferred by means of
ting on which the common protocols run. published, Siemens-specific extensions to the
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible protocol.
to optimally integrate units into the changing
communication infrastructure, for example IEC 61850 protocol2)
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
increasingly in the power supply sector in the As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
years to come). IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
standard for protection and control systems
Serial front interface used by power supply corporations. Siemens
Fig. 5/65
will be one of the first manufacturers to sup- IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front port this standard. By means of this protocol,
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can information can also be exchanged directly
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- between bay units so as to set up simple mas- 5
tection operation program. Commissioning terless systems for bay and system interlock-
tools and fault analysis are also built into the ing. Access to the units via the Ethernet bus
program and are available through this inter- will also be possible with DIGSI.
face.
PROFIBUS-FMS
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
A number of communication modules dardized communication system (EN 50170)
suit- able for various applications can be for efficient performance of communication
fitted in the rear of the flush-mounting tasks in the bay area. SIPROTEC 4 units use a
housing. In the flush-mounting housing, profile specially optimized for protection and
the modules can be easily replaced by the control requirements. DIGSI can also work
user. on the basis of PROFIBUS-FMS. The units
The interface modules support the follow- are linked to a SICAM automation system.
ing applications:
• Time synchronization interface PROFIBUS-DP protocol
All units feature a permanently integrated PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread pro-
electrical time synchronization interface. tocol in industrial automation. Via
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units information available to a SIMATIC control- Fig. 5/66
via time synchronization receivers. ler or, in the control direction, receive com- PROFIBUS: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
• System interface mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
Communication with a central control values can also be transferred.
system takes place through this interface.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies MODBUS RTU protocol
can be configured depending on the cho- This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can mainly used in industry and by power sup-
exchange data through this interface via ply corporations, and is supported by a
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
also be operated by DIGSI. units function as MODBUS slaves, making
• Service interface their information available to a master or
The service interface was conceived for re- receiving information from it. A
mote access to a number of protection time-stamped event list is available.
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS85 interface and on
some units it can be an optical interface.
For special applications, on some units a
maximum of two temperature monitor-
ing boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to
this interface as an alternative.

1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings


please refer to note on page 5/77. Fig. 5/67
Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
2) Version V4.51 and newer. IEC 61850
Siemens SIP · 2004 5/63
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Communication

DNP 3.0 protocol


Power supply corporations overseas use the
serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Proto-
col) for the station and network control lev-
els. SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves,
supplying their information to a master sys-
tem or receiving information from it.

System solutions for protection and station


control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system.
5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/65).
Fig. 5/68
Because of the standardized interfaces, System solution/communication
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in
LSP2491.eps

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-


cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
Fig. 5/69
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection Communication module Ethernet,
electrical, double
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/67).

5/64 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Typical connections

n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.

Fig. 5/70
Residual current
circuit
5

Fig. 5/71
Sensitive earth
current detection

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/65


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Typical applications

Overview of connection types


Type of network Function Current connection
(Low-resistance) earthed network Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
phase/earth non-directional required, phase-balance neutral current transformer
possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
transformers required
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase
phases non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
phases directional possible
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase-current trans-
transformers possible phases directional formers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
earth directional required, phase-balance neutral current transform-
5 ers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive earth-fault Residual circuit, if earth current
protection sin ϕ measurement > 0.05 IN on secondary side, otherwise phase-
balance neutral current transformers required
Compensated networks Earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
cos ϕ measurement transformers required

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)


One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.

Fig. 5/72 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs

5/66 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

General unit data Permissible current 5 A continuous,


Measuring circuits 30 A for 0.5 s making current,
2000 switching cycles
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable)
Current transformer
Electrical tests
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable)
Specification
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A
Standards IEC 60255
Power consumption ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase UL508
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Insulation tests

Overload capability Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0


Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
30 x Inom for 10 s all circuits except for auxiliary
4 x Inom continuous voltage and RS485/RS232 and
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) time synchronization
Overload capability if equipped with Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s
Communication ports 500 V AC 5
and time synchronization
100 A for 10 s
15 A continuous Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) class III
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–330 V (product standard)
AC 92–138 V 184–265 V EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % DIN 57435 Part 303
peak-to-peak High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Quiescent Approx. 3–4 W and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Energized Approx. 7–9 W Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Binary inputs/indication inputs field, non-modulated
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611 7SJ612 IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III

Number 3 8 11 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;


field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Voltage range 24–250 V DC IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Pickup threshold Modifiable by plug-in jumpers Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
Pickup threshold DC 19 V 88 V field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/125 V 110/220/250 V
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Response time/drop-out Approx. 3.5 ms
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
time
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
energized
High-energy surge voltages
Binary outputs/command outputs (Surge)
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611 7SJ612 IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
Number command/ 4 8 6 across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
indication relay
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
indication relay (2 contacts changeable to NC/form B,
via jumpers) Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A / B IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive / IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/67


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s Climatic stress tests
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω Temperatures
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m1); 25 to 1000 MHz; Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity temperature, tested for 96 h
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
Ri = 200 Ω ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests paired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz permanent storage
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
transport
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B Humidity

Units with a detached operator panel Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
must be installed in a metal cubicle It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela-
5 to maintain limit class B units in such a way that they are not tive humidity; condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
pronounced temperature changes
Mechanical stress tests that could cause condensation.
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Unit design
During operation Housing 7XP20
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 16
Vibration Sinusoidal Weight
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli- Surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
IEC 60068-2-6 tude; Flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration Degree of protection
frequency sweep 1 octave/min acc. to EN 60529
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms; Operator safety IP 2x with cover
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Serial interfaces
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) Operating interface (front of unit)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
(vertical axis) 9-pin subminiature connector
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Transmission rate min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
(vertical axis) Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes Transmission rate Setting as supplied 38400 baud
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud
During transportation
RS232/RS485
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Connection
Vibration Sinusoidal
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C”
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
detached operator panel
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Shock Semi-sinusoidal top/bottom part
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes

5/68 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

System interface (rear of unit) Fiber optic


IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B For flush-mounting housing/ tion
to a control center surface-mounting housing with Mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
Transmission rate Setting as supplied: 38400 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 38400 baud For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
RS232/RS485 top/bottom part 1)
and 2) on page 5/77
Connection Optical wavelength 820 nm
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
surface-mounting housing with Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
detached operator panel 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
top/bottom part Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft to a control center
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth RS485 5
Fiber optic
Connection
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
optic connection surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
top/bottom part recommended
Optical wavelength 820 nm Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Fiber-optic
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
IEC 61850 protocol connection
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
- to a control center surface-mounting housing with
- with DIGSI detached operator panel
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
Transmission rate 100 Mbit with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
RS485 top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/77
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B" Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
surface-mounting housing with Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
detached operator panel Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth (SUB-D)
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP (terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
to a control center Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
RS485
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/69


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

Functions Inrush blocking


Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase IEp
(ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Lower function limit 1.25 A 1)
Setting ranges Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
1)
Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) range)
Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Dynamic parameter group
Times Controllable function Pickup, tripping time
Pickup times (without inrush
restraint, with inrush restraint Start criteria Current criteria,
+ 10 ms) CB position via aux. contacts,
binary input,
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms auto-reclosure ready
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Time control 3 timers
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
Current criteria Current threshold
5 Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
(reset on dropping below threshold;
Tolerances monitoring with timer)
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50 Ns, 51Ns)
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51, 51N)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
(ANSI 51) (L1 and L3) Setting ranges
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Setting ranges
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
(IEC characteristics)
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Times
(ANSI characteristics) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx. 80 ms (directional
Trip characteristics
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
extremely inverse, long inverse Tolerances
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
moderately inverse, very inverse, Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
pairs of current and time delay Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)

Dropout setting User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of


Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for current and delay time values
I
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx. Logarithmic inverse t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
0.95 · pickup threshold I EEp
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip Setting ranges
Tolerances Pickup threshold IEEp
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively User defined
30 ms Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value Logarithmic inverse
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
30 ms Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
Approx 80 ms (directional)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/70 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )


High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase 2 2

overcurrent protection Tripping characteristic t = τ th ⋅ ln


(I / k ⋅ I nom) − 1
2
Setting ranges For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) t =
Tripping time
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) τth =
Temperature rise time constant
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) I =
Load current
Times Ipre =
Preload current
Pickup times k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Minimum Approx. 20 ms Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Typical Approx. 30 ms Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms protection relay
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 Dropout ratios
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Tolerances
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
5 % of setting value or Tolerances
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8 5
Intermittent earth-fault protection Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Setting ranges Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
Pickup threshold
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Program for phase fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, negative se-
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) quence, binary input
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Program for earth fault
gation time Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, sensitive
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) earth-fault protection, binary input
mulation time Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) three-phase fault detected by a protec-
accumulation tive element, binary input,
last TRIP command after the reclosing
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
cycle is complete (unsuccessful
intermittent earth fault
reclosing),
Times TRIP command by the breaker failure
Pickup times protection (50BF),
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms opening the CB without ARC initiation,
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms external CLOSE command
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms Setting ranges
Tolerances Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
1) (separate for phase and earth
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA
and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
CLOSE detection
Setting ranges Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) reclosure
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) dynamic blocking
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
(in steps of 1 %) Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
time
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con-
kτ factor stant with the machine running Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 0.1) Operating time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)

1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/71


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

The delay times of the following protection function can be altered individ- Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
ually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4 Setting ranges
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞): Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
I>>, I>, Ip, Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
IE>>, IE>, IEp Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip), time TSTARTUP
delay of dead-time start via binary input Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
(monitored), time TLOCKED-ROTOR
dead-time extension via binary input Tripping time characteristic 2
t =  STARTUP  ⋅ TSTARTUP
(monitored), I
For I > IMOTOR START
co-ordination with other protection  I 
relays,
circuit-breaker monitoring, ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
evaluation of the CB contacts current
I = Actual current flowing
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Setting ranges motor starting current
Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) t = Tripping time in seconds
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
5 Times Tolerances
Pickup times Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
with internal start is contained in the delay time Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
start via control is contained in the delay time Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
with external start is contained in the delay time
Setting ranges
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Tolerances
to rated motor current
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) Max. permissible starting time 3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Setting ranges Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) warm starts
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1) Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Times warm starts
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms simulations of rotor at zero speed
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3 kτ at STOP
Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Tolerances constant with motor running
1)
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA kτ RUNNING
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Restarting limit
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC) nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Setting ranges nc
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Θrestart = Temperature limit below
(IEC characteristics) which restarting is possi-
Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) ble
(ANSI characteristics) Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
rotor overtemperature
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A 1)
(= 100 % in operational
Trip characteristics measured value
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely Θrot/Θrot trip)
inverse nc = Number of permissible
ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in- start-ups from cold state
verse, extremely inverse
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
Dropout measured values
IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
+2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

5/72 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Min./Max. values for overload pro- Θ/ΘTrip
Temperature detectors tection
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Number of temperature Max. 6 I1 (positive-sequence component)
detectors per box Local measured values monitoring
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or
for I>Ibalance limit
“Bearing” or “Other”
Current sum |iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value,
Thresholds for indications
with
For each measuring detector
I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) k iE = earth
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) CT PRIM / CT SEC
or ∞ (no indication) Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) (ACB)
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
or ∞ (no indication)
expansions via CFC
Fault recording
Additional functions
Recording of indications of the last 5
Operational measured values 8 power system faults
Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom Recording of indications of the last
IL1, IL2, IL3 3 power system ground faults
Positive-sequence component I1
Time stamping
Negative-sequence component I2
IE or 3I0 Resolution for event log (opera- 1 ms
tional annunciations)
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Tolerance1) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom Resolution for trip log (fault 1 ms
annunciations)
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip Maximum time deviation (internal 0.01 %
clock)
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Temperature restart inhibit In %
Fault" for insufficient battery charge
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Oscillographic fault recording
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Maximum 8 fault records saved,
memory maintained by buffer bat-
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In %
tery in case of loss of power supply
Reclose time TReclose In min
Recording time Total 5 s
Current of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second- Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
detection IEE ary and memory time adjustable
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 sam/cyc)
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 sam/cyc)
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring Statistics
box"
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
Long-term averages
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets commands (segregated according
Frequency of updates Adjustable to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
Long-term averages Circuit-breaker wear
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3
Max. / Min. report • 2-point method (remaining service
life)
Report of measured values With date and time
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes, sured values on TRIP command, up to
0 to 1439 min) 8 digits, phase-selective limit values,
Time frame and starting time adjust- monitoring indication
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Operating hours counter
Reset, manual Using binary input,
using keypad, Display range Up to 7 digits
via communication Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3 threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
I1 (positive-sequence component)

1) At rated frequency.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/73


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Technical data

Trip circuit monitoring CE conformity


With one or two binary inputs This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Commissioning aids nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Phase rotation field check, electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Operational measured values, Directive 73/23/EEC).
Circuit-breaker / switching device
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
test,
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Creation of a test measurement
report Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Clock The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (telegram for-
mat IRIG-B000), This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
binary input, accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
communication generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
5 Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Interlocking Programmable
Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
Local control
Units with small display Control via menu,
assignment of a function key
Units with large display Control via menu,
control with control keys
Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system
(e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)

5/74 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.


7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)
Housing 1/3 19”, 3 BI, 4 BO, 1 live status contact 0
Housing 1/3 19”, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/3 19”, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 2 see
next
Measuring inputs ( 4 x I) page
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 1
Iph = 1 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 2
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A 5
Iph = 5 A, Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 6
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 7

Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage) 5


24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC1), threshold binary input 19 DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC1), 115 to 230 V4) AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC3) 5

Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings


Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E

System interface (Port B): Refer to page 5/677


No system interface 0
Protocols see page 5/77

Service interface (Port C)


No interface at rear side 0
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box2), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box2)5), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3

Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3

1) Transition between the two auxiliary


voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version
…/EE.
5) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/75


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order


code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
50BF Breaker failure protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout F A

5 n IEF Intermittent earth fault P A


n 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional) F B 2)
n IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
Intermittent earth fault P B 2)
n Motor IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
Intermittent earth fault
37 Undercurrent monitoring
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit R B 2)
n Motor 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
37 Undercurrent monitoring
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit H B 2)
n Motor 37 Undercurrent monitoring
48 Starting time supervision
66/86 Restart inhibit H A
ARC Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”) Z X 9 9

n Basic version included


IEF = Intermittent earth fault

1) 50N/51N only with insensitive earth-current transformer


when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) Sensitive earth-current transformer
only when position 7 = 2, 6.

5/76 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Order numbers for system port B Description Order No. Order


code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61¨o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
No system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1) 5
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
5
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L 0H
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.

Sample order Position Order No. + Order code


7SJ6125-5EC91-3FA1+L0G

6 I/O’s: 11 BI/6 BO, 1 live status contact 2


7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: 110 to 250 V DC, 115 V AC to 230 V AC 5
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
13 Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records 3
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version FA
16 With auto-reclosure 1

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/77


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Demo Demo version on CD-ROM 7XS5401-0AA00
Professional Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

IEC 61850 System configuration tool


Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
DIGSI, running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00

5 SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

Temperature monitoring box


24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10

Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1

Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Manual for 7SJ61, English C53000-G1140-C118-7

5/78 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier

LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps

2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel

Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)


and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2093-afp.eps

LSP2092-afp.eps

1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.

1) AMP Deutschland GmbH


Amperestr. 7–11
63225 Langen
Germany
Tel.: +49 6103 709-0
Fax +49 6103 709-223

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/79


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/73
7SJ610 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.


For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C118-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

5/80 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/74
7SJ611 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.


For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C118-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/81


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ61

Connection diagram

Fig. 5/75
7SJ612 connection diagram

*) For pinout of communication ports see part 16 of this catalog.


For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version see Manual
(Order No.: C5300-G1140-C118-4) or Internet (http://www.siprotec.com).

5/82 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview

Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
LSP2299-afpen.eps

• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
Fig. 5/76 – Restart inhibit 5
SIPROTEC 7SJ62 – Locked rotor
multifunction protection relay • Overload protection
• Temperature monitoring
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection
• Breaker failure protection
Description
• Negative-sequence protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 relays can be used • Phase-sequence monitoring
for line protection of high and medium • Auto-reclosure
voltage networks with earthed (grounded), • Fault locator
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com- • Lockout
pensated neutral point. For motor protec- Control functions/programmable logic
tion, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 is suitable for
asynchronous machines of all sizes. The • Commands f. ctrl of CB and of isolators
relay performs all functions of backup pro- • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
tection supplementary to transformer dif- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
ferential protection. • User-defined logic with CFC
The relay provides a simple control of the (e.g. interlocking)
circuit-breaker and automation functions. Monitoring functions
The integrated programmable logic (CFC) • Operational measured values V, I, f
allows the user to implement their own • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
functions, e. g. for the automation of
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
switchgear (interlocking). The user is also
allowed to generate user-defined messages.
• Slave pointer
• Trip circuit supervision
The flexible communication interfaces are • Fuse failure monitor
open for modern communication architec- • 8 oscillographic fault records
tures with control systems.
Communication interfaces
• System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103/ IEC 618501)
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3 voltage transformers
• 8/11 binary inputs
1) Version V4.51 and newer. • 8/6 output relays

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/83


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Application

Fig. 5/77 Function diagram

The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 unit is a numerical Line protection Backup protection


protection relay that also performs control The 7SJ62 units can be used for line pro- The 7SJ62can be used universally for
and monitoring functions and therefore tection of high and medium-voltage net- backup protection.
supports the user in cost-effective power works with earthed (grounded), low-
system management, and ensures reliable resistance earthed, isolated or compensated Metering values
supply of electric power to the customers. neutral point.
Local operation has been designed accord- Extensive measured values, limit values
ing to ergonomic criteria. A large, easy-to- and metered values permit improved
Motor protection system management.
read display was a major design aim.
When protecting motors, the 7SJ62 relay is
Control suitable for asynchronous machines of all
sizes.
The integrated control function permits
control of disconnect devices (electrically Transformer protection
operated/motorized switches) or circuit-
breakers via the integrated operator panel, The relay performs all functions of backup
binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection supplementary to transformer
protection system (e.g. SICAM). A full differential protection. The inrush sup-
range of command processing functions is pression effectively prevents tripping by in-
provided. rush currents.
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
Programmable logic protection detects short-circuits and insu-
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) lation faults on the transformer.
allow the user to implement their own
functions for automation of switchgear
(interlocking) or a substation via a graphic
user interface. The user can also generate
user-defined messages.

5/84 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Application

ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection

67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection

– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)

59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

– IIE> Intermittent earth fault

87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection

50BF Breaker failure protection 5


79 Auto-reclosure

46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)

47 V2>, phase-sequence Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring

49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection

48 Starting time supervision

14 Locked rotor protection

66/86 Restart inhibit

37 I< Undercurrent monitoring

38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box), e.g. bearing temperature monitoring

27, 59 V<, V> Undervoltage/overvoltage protection

81O/U f>, f< Overfrequency/underfrequency protection

21FL Fault locator

Construction

Connection techniques and


housing with many advantages
1/3-rack sizes is the available housing
width of the 7SJ62 relays, referred to a 19”
module frame system. This means that
previous models can always be replaced.
The height is a uniform 244 mm for flush-
mounting housings and 266 mm for sur-
face-mounting housing for all housing
LSP2099-afpen.eps

widths. All cables can be connected with or


without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing. Fig. 5/78 Rear view with screw terminals

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/85


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Protection functions

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selec-
tive measurement of the three phase cur-
rents and the earth current (four trans-
formers). Two definite-time overcurrent
protection elements (DMT) exist both for
the phases and for the earth. The current
threshold and the delay time can be set
within a wide range. In addition, inverse-
time overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be activated.

5 Fig. 5/79 Fig. 5/80


Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Available inverse-time characteristics


Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Reset characteristics Inrush restraint


For easier time coordination with The relay features second harmonic re-
electromechanical relays, reset characte- straint. If the second harmonic is detected
ristics according to ANSI C37.112 and during transformer energization, pickup of
IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards are applied. non-directional and directional normal el-
When using the reset characteristic (disk ements are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This Cold load pickup
reset process corresponds to the reverse For directional and non-directional time-
movement of the Ferraris disk of an elec- overcurrent protection functions the initi-
tromechanical relay (thus: disk emulation). ation thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time con-
User-definable characteristics trol.
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping character-
istics can be defined by the user for phase
and earth units separately. Up to 20 cur-
rent/time value pairs may be programmed.
They are set as pairs of numbers or graphi-
cally in DIGSI 4.

5/86 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Protection functions

Directional time-overcurrent protection


(ANSI 67, 67N)
Phase and earth directionality is performed
independently in the 7SJ62. The phase and
earth function parallel the non-directional
overcurrent element. Their response value
and delay times can be set separately. As an
option, inverse directional time-
overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be connected. The tripping
Fig. 5/81
characteristic can be rotated about ± 45 de-
Directional characteristic of
grees. the directional
time-overcurrent
The directional overcurrent-time protec- protection
tion maintains a voltage memory of two
cycles prior to the fault. By means of volt-
age memory, directionality can be deter-
mined reliably even for close-in (local) 5
faults. If the switching device closes onto a
fault and the voltage is too low to deter-
mine direction, directionality (directional
decision) is made with voltage from the
voltage memory. If no voltage exists in the
memory, tripping occurs according to the
coordination schedule.
For earth protection, users can choose
whether the direction is to be determined
via zero-sequence system or negative-se-
quence system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be
advantageous in cases where the zero volt-
age tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.
Fig. 5/82
Directional determination
Directional comparison protection using cosine measurements
(cross-coupling) for compensated networks
It is used for selective protection of sec-
tions fed from two sources with instanta-
neous tripping, i.e. without the For networks with an isolated neutral, the • Each element can be set in forward,
disadvantage of time coordination. The di- reactive current component is evaluated; reverse, or non-directional.
rectional comparison protection is suitable for compensated networks, the active cur- • The function can also be operated in the
if the distances between the protection sta- rent component or residual resistive cur- insensitive mode as an additional
tions are not significant and pilot wires are rent is evaluated. For special network short-circuit protection.
available for signal transmission. In addi- conditions, e.g. high-resistance earthed
tion to the directional comparison protec- networks with ohmic-capacitive earth-fault (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
tion, the directional coordinated time- current or low-resistance earthed networks (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
overcurrent protection is used for with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
complete selective backup protection. If characteristics can be rotated approxi- For high-resistance earthed networks, a
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an mately ± 45 degrees. sensitive input transformer is connected to
interruption of the transmission line is de- a phase-balance neutral current trans-
Two modes of earth-fault direction detec- former (also called core-balance CT).
tected.
tion can be implemented: tripping or in
“signalling only mode”. The earth-fault current is also calculated
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection from the phase currents so that the earth-
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N) It has the following functions: fault protection operates correctly in the
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE. event of current transformer saturation.
works, the direction of power flow in the The function can also be operated in the
zero sequence is calculated from the zero- • Two instantaneous elements or one insensitive mode as an additional short-
sequen- ce current I0 and zero-sequence instantaneous plus one user-defined circuit protection.
voltage V0. characteristic.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/87


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Protection functions When the high-impedance measurement


principle is applied, all current transform-
Intermittent earth-fault protection ers in the protected area are connected in
parallel and operated on one common re-
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
to insulation weaknesses in cables or as a measured (see Fig. 5/83). In the case of
result of water penetrating cable joints. 7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
Such faults either simply cease at some tecting the current through the (external)
stage or develop into lasting short-circuits. resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
During intermittent activity, however, ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to
star-point resistors in networks that are limit the voltage in the event of an internal
impedance-earthed may undergo thermal fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
overloading. The normal earth-fault pro- age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
tection cannot reliably detect and interrupt tion. At the same time, this results in
the current pulses, some of which can be smoothing of the voltage without any
very brief. noteworthy reduction of the average value.
The selectivity required with intermittent If no faults have occurred and in the event
earth faults is achieved by summating the of external faults, the system is at equilib-
duration of the individual pulses and by rium, and the voltage through the resistor Fig. 5/83 High-impedance restricted earth-
5 triggering when a (settable) summed time is approximately zero. In the event of in- fault protection
is reached. The response threshold IIE> ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
evaluates the r.m.s. value, referred to one leads to a voltage and a current flow
systems period. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
through the resistor R.
For protecting cables and transformers,
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) The current transformers must be of the an overload protection with an integrated
(Negative-sequence protection) same type and must at least offer a separate pre-warning element for temperature and
core for the high-impedance restricted current can be applied. The temperature is
In line protection, the two-element phase- earth-fault protection. They must in par-
balance current/negative-sequence protec- calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
ticular have the same transformation ratio body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
tion permits detection on the high side of and an approximately identical knee-point
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and which takes account both of the energy en-
voltage. They should also demonstrate only tering the equipment and the energy losses.
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low minimal measuring errors.
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec- justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) the previous load and the load fluctuations.
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the
transformer. To detect the unbalanced Multiple reclosures can be defined by the
For thermal protection of motors (especially
load, the ratio negative-sequence cur- user and lockout will occur if a fault is
the stator) a further time constant can be set
rent/rated (nominal) current is evaluated. present after the last reclosures. The fol-
so that the thermal ratios can be detected
lowing functions are possible:
correctly while the motor is rotating and
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) • 3-pole ARC for all types of faults when it is stopped. The ambient tempera-
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit • Separate settings for phase and earth faults ture or the temperature of the coolant can
is not disconnected upon issuance of a trip be detected serially via an external tempera-
command, another command can be initi- • Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure ture monitoring box (resistance-tempera-
ated using the breaker failure protection (RAR) and up to nine delayed ture detector box, also called RTD- box).
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of auto-reclosures (DAR) The thermal replica of the overload function
an upstream (higher-level) protection re- • Starting of the ARC depends on the trip is automatically adapted to the ambient
lay. Breaker failure is detected if, after a command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) conditions. If there is no RTD-box it is as-
trip command, current is still flowing in sumed that the ambient temperatures are
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary constant.
the faulted circuit. As an option, it is possi-
inputs
ble to make use of the circuit-breaker posi-
tion indication. • ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC Settable dropout delay times
• The directional and non-directional ele- If the devices are used in parallel with elec-
High-impedance restricted earth-fault pro- ments can either be blocked or operated tromechanical relays in networks with inter-
tection (ANSI 87N) non-delayed depending on the auto- mittent faults, the long dropout times of the
The high-impedance measurement princi- reclosure cycle electromechanical devices (several hundred
ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
• Dynamic setting of the directional and of time grading. Clean time grading is only
method for detecting earth faults, espe-
non-directional elements can be activated possible if the dropout time is approxi-
cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
depending on the ready AR mately the same. This is why the parameter
plied to motors, generators and reactors
when these are operated on an earthed net- of dropout times can be defined for certain
work. functions such as time-overcurrent protec-
tion, earth short-circuit and phase-balance
current protection.

5/88 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Protection functions

n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calcu-
lated from the stator current. The reclosing
lockout only permits start-up of the motor
if the rotor has sufficient thermal reserves
for a complete start-up (see Fig. 5/84).

Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lock-
out via a binary input by storing the state
of the thermal replica as long as the binary
input is active. It is also possible to reset 5
the thermal replica to zero.
Fig. 5/84
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes If the trip time is rated according to the Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be above formula, even a prolonged start-up
used for temperature monitoring and de- The two-element undervoltage protection
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up provides protection against dangerous
tection by the protection relay. The ther- current) will be evaluated correctly.
mal status of motors, generators and voltage drops (especially for electric ma-
transformers can be monitored with this A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to chines). Applications include the isolation
device. Additionally, the temperature of detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous of generators or motors from the network
the bearings of rotating machines are mon- tripping is effected. The tripping time is in- to avoid undesired operating states and a
itored for limit value violation. The tem- verse (current dependent). possible loss of stability. Proper operating
peratures are being measured with the help conditions of electrical machines are best
of temperature detectors at various loca- Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) evaluated with the positive-sequence quan-
tions of the device to be protected. This (Negative-sequence protection) tities. The protection function is active
data is transmitted to the protection relay over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55
The negative-sequence / phase-balance
via one or two temperature monitoring to 65 Hz)1). Even when falling below this
current protection detects a phase failure
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/113). frequency range the function continues to
or load unbalance due to network asym-
work, however, with a greater tolerance
metry and protects the rotor from imper-
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14) band.
missible temperature rise. To detect the
Starting time supervision protects the mo- unbalanced load, the ratio of negative-se- The function can operate either with the
tor against long unwanted start-ups that quence current to rated current is evalu- positive phase-sequence system voltage
might occur in the event of excessive load ated. (default) or with the phase-to-phase volt-
torque or excessive voltage drops within ages, and can be monitored with a current
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) criterion. Three-phase and single-phase
temperature is calculated from measured With this function, a sudden drop in cur- connections are possible.
stator current. The tripping time is calcu- rent, which can occur due to a reduced
lated according to the following equation: motor load, is detected. This can cause Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)

for I > IMOTOR START shaft breakage, no-load operation of Frequency protection can be used for over-
pumps or fan failure. frequency and underfrequency protection.
2

t =  A  ⋅ TA
I Electric machines and parts of the system
 I  n Voltage protection are protected from unwanted speed devia-
I = Actual current flowing Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) tions. Unwanted frequency changes in the
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor network can be detected and the load can
start The two-element overvoltage protection be removed at a specified frequency set-
t = Tripping time
detects unwanted network and machine ting.
overvoltage conditions. The function can
IA = Rated motor starting current
operate either with phase-to-phase voltage
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
(default) or with the negative phase-se-
starting current
quence system voltage. Three-phase and
single-phase connections are possible.
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
for fN = 50/60 Hz.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/89


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.)


Protection functions/Functions
Additional functions, which are not time
Frequency protection can be used over a critical, can be implemented via the CFC
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to using measured values. Typical functions
65 Hz)1). There are four elements include reverse power, voltage controlled
(selectable as overfrequency or overcurrent, phase angle detection, and
underfrequency) and each element can be zero-sequence voltage detection.
delayed separately. Blocking of the fre-
quency protection can be performed if us- Commissioning
ing a binary input or by using an Commissioning could hardly be easier and
undervoltage element. is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of
the binary inputs can be read individually
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) and the state of the binary outputs can be
The fault locator specifies the distance to a set individually. The operation of switch-
fault location in kilometers or miles or the ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
reactance of a second fault operation. devices) can be checked using the switch-
ing functions of the bay controller. The an-
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring alog measured values are represented as
5 Methods for determining circuit-breaker wide-ranging operational measured values.
contact wear or the remaining service life To prevent transmission of information to
of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte- the control center during maintenance, the Fig. 5/85 CB switching cycle diagram
nance intervals to be aligned to their actual bay controller communications can be dis-
degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced abled to prevent unnecessary data from be-
ing transmitted. During commissioning, all Switching authority
maintenance costs.
indications with test marking for test pur- Switching authority is determined accord-
There is no mathematically exact method poses can be connected to a control and ing to parameters, communication or by
of calculating the wear or the remaining protection system. key-operated switch (when available).
service life of circuit-breakers that takes If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
into account the arc-chamber's physical n Control and automatic functions switching operations are possible. The fol-
conditions when the CB opens. This is why lowing sequence of switching authority is
various methods of determining CB wear Control
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
have evolved which reflect the different op- In addition to the protection functions, the “REMOTE”.
erator philosophies. To do justice to these, SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
the devices offer several methods: and monitoring functions that are required Every switching operation and change of
for operating medium-voltage or high- breaker position is kept in the status indi-
• I
voltage substations. cation memory. The switch command
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3 source, switching device, cause (i.e. spon-
The main application is reliable control of taneous change or command) and result of
The devices additionally offer a new switching and other processes.
method for determining the remaining ser- a switching operation are retained.
vice life: The status of primary equipment or auxil-
Command processing
• Two-point method iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated to the 7SJ62 All the functionality of command process-
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to ing is offered. This includes the processing
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/85) and detect and indicate both the OPEN and of single and double commands with or
the breaking current at the time of contact CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi- without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
opening serve as the basis for this method. ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact po- ing of the control hardware and software,
After CB opening, the two-point method sition. checking of the external process, control
calculates the number of still possible
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be actions using functions such as runtime
switching cycles. To this end, the two
controlled via: monitoring and automatic command ter-
points P1 and P2 only have to be set on the
mination after output. Here are some typi-
device. These are specified in the CB's tech- – integrated operator panel
cal applications:
nical data. – binary inputs
– substation control and protection system • Single and double commands using 1,
All of these methods are phase-selective
– DIGSI 4 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
and a limit value can be set in order to ob-
tain an alarm if the actual value falls below • User-definable bay interlocks
Automation / user-defined logic
or exceeds the limit value during determi-
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a • Operating sequences combining several
nation of the remaining service life.
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions switching operations such as control of
for the automation of switchgear or substa- circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
tion. Functions are activated via function earthing switches
keys, binary input or via communication • Triggering of switching operations, indi-
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is interface. cations or alarm by combination with
available for fN= 50/60 Hz existing information

5/90 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Functions Switchgear cubicles for


high/medium voltage
Assignment of feedback to command All units are designed specifically to meet
The positions of the circuit-breaker or the requirements of high/medium-voltage
switching devices and transformer taps are applications.
acquired by feedback. These indication in- In general, no separate measuring instru-
puts are logically assigned to the corre- ments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
sponding command outputs. The unit can …) or additional control components are
therefore distinguish whether the indica- necessary.
tion change is a consequence of switching
operation or whether it is a spontaneous Measured values
change of state (intermediate position).
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current and voltage along with
Chatter disable
the power factor, frequency, active and
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, reactive power. The following functions
in a configured period of time, the number are available for measured value process-
of status changes of indication input ex- ing:
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the in-
dication input is blocked for a certain • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) 5

LSP2077f.eps
period, so that the event list will not record • Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
excessive operations.
• Symmetrical components
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
Filter time
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
All binary indications can be subjected to a
(P, Q: total and phase selective)
filter time (indication suppression).
• Power factor (cos ϕ),
Indication filtering and delay (total and phase selective)
Indications can be filtered or delayed. • Frequency
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and Fig. 5/86
potential at the indication input. The indi- reverse power flow NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
cation is passed on only if the indication • Mean as well as minimum and maximum
voltage is still present after a set period of current and voltage values
time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information • Operating hours counter
is passed on only if the indication voltage is • Mean operating temperature of overload
still present after this time. function
• Limit value monitoring
Indication derivation
Limit values are monitored using pro-
A further indication (or a command) can grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
be derived from an existing indication. can be derived from this limit value indi-
Group indications can also be formed. The cation.
volume of information to the system inter-
• Zero suppression
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
In a certain range of very low measured
the most important signals.
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
Transmission lockout interference.

A data transmission lockout can be acti- Metered values


vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
tion to the control center during work on a
late an energy metered value from the
circuit bay.
measured current and voltage values. If an
Test operation external meter with a metering pulse out-
put is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit can
During commissioning, all indications can obtain and process metering pulses via an
be passed to an automatic control system indication input.
for test purposes.
The metered values can be displayed and
passed on to a control center as an accu-
mulation with reset. A distinction is made
between forward, reverse, active and reac-
tive energy.

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/91


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

System interface protocols (retrofittable)


Communication
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-
substantial flexibility in the context of con- national standard for the transmission of
nection to industrial and power automa- protective data and fault recordings. All
tion standards. Communication can be messages from the unit and also control
extended or added on thanks to modules commands can be transferred by means of
for retrofitting on which the common pro- published, Siemens-specific extensions to
tocols run. Therefore, also in the future it the protocol.
will be possible to optimally integrate units
into the changing communication infra- IEC 61850 protocol2)
structure, for example in Ethernet net-
works (which will also be used increasingly As of mid-2004, the Ethernet-based
in the power supply sector in the years to IEC 61850 protocol will be the worldwide
come). standard for protection and control sys-
tems used by power supply corporations.
Serial front interface Siemens will be one of the first manufac- Fig. 5/87
turers to support this standard. By means
There is a serial RS232 interface on the of this protocol, information can also be
5 front of all the units. All of the unit’s func- exchanged directly between bay units so as
tions can be set on a PC by means of the to set up simple masterless systems for bay
DIGSI 4 protection operation program. and system interlocking. Access to the
Commissioning tools and fault analysis are units via the Ethernet bus will also be pos-
also built into the program and are avail- sible with DIGSI.
able through this interface.
PROFIBUS-FMS
Rear-mounted interfaces1)
PROFIBUS-FMS is an internationally stan-
A number of communication modules dardized communication system
suitable for various applications can be fit- (EN 50170) for efficient performance of
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous- communication tasks in the bay area.
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the SIPROTEC 4 units use a profile specially
modules can be easily replaced by the user. optimized for protection and control re-
The interface modules support the follow- quirements. DIGSI can also work on the
ing applications: basis of PROFIBUS-FMS. The units are
• Time synchronization interface linked to a SICAM automation system.
All units feature a permanently integrated
electrical time synchronization interface. PROFIBUS-DP protocol
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
Fig. 5/88
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units protocol in industrial automation. Via PROFIBUS: Fiber-optic double ring circuit
via time synchronization receivers. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
• System interface their information available to a SIMATIC
Communication with a central control controller or, in the control direction, re-
system takes place through this interface. ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies Measured values can also be transferred.
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can MODBUS RTU protocol
exchange data through this interface via This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can mainly used in industry and by power sup-
also be operated by DIGSI. ply corporations, and is supported by a
• Service interface number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
The service interface was conceived for re- units function as MODBUS slaves, making
mote access to a number of protection their information available to a master or
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an receiving information from it. A time-
electrical RS232/RS85 interface and on stamped event list is available.
some units it can be an optical interface.
For special applications, on some units a
maximum of two temperature monitor-
ing boxes (RTD-box) can be connected to
this interface as an alternative.

1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings Fig. 5/89


please refer to note on page 5/112. Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
2) Version V4.51 and newer. IEC 61850

5/92 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Communication

DNP 3.0 protocol


Power supply corporations overseas use
the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
Protocol) for the station and network con-
trol levels. SIPROTEC units function as
DNP slaves, supplying their information to
a master system or receiving information
from it.

System solutions for protection and station


control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system. 5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
Fig. 5/90
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/87). System solution/communication
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
LSP2491.eps

the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in


the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
Fig. 5/91
linked with PAS electrically or optically to Communication module Ethernet,
the station PC. The interface is standard- electrical, double
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/89).

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/93


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical connections

n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.

Fig. 5/92
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5

Fig. 5/93
Sensitive earth-
current detection
without directional
element

Fig. 5/94
Residual current
circuit with direc-
tional element

5/94 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical connections

Connection for compensated networks


The figure shows the connection of two
phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage
of the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in com-
pensated networks.
Fig. 5/95 shows sensitive directional
earth-fault detection.

Fig. 5/95
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5

Fig. 5/96
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection

Connection for isolated-neutral


or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with
only two phase current transformers. Di-
rectional phase short-circuit protection
can be achieved by using only two primary
transformers.

Fig. 5/97
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/95


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical applications

Overview of connection types


Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
(Low-resistance) earthed network Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current -
phase/earth non-directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformer possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current -
transformers required
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
phases non-directional current transformers possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection or
phases directional transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-earth connection or
transformers possible phases directional current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection required
earth directional transformers required, phase-balance
5 neutral current transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive earth-fault Residual circuit, if earth current 3 times phase-to-earth connection or
protection sin ϕ measurement > 0.05 IN on secondary side, other- phase-to-earth connection with open
wise phase-balance neutral current delta winding
transformers required
Compensated networks Earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current Phase-to-earth connection with open
cos ϕ measurement transformers required delta winding required

n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when volt-
age across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/98, tripping occurs due to
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
opening of the live status contact upon
failure of the protection unit or by
short-circuiting the trip coil in event of
network fault.
Fig. 5/98 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)

5/96 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Typical applications

In Fig. 5/99 tripping is by failure of auxil-


iary voltage and by interruption of tripping
circuit in the event of network failure.
Upon failure of the protection unit, the
tripping circuit is also interrupted, since
contact held by internal logic drops back
into open position.

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)


One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.

Lockout (ANSI 86)


All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs Fig. 5/99 Undervoltage trip with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
5
and reset using the LED reset key. The
lockout state is also stored in the event of
supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only
occur after the lockout state is reset.

Fig. 5/100 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs

Fig. 5/101 Trip circuit supervision with 1 binary input

Siemens SIP · 2004 5/97


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

General unit data Binary outputs/command outputs


Measuring circuits Type 7SJ621 7SJ622
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Command/indication relay 8 6
Current transformer Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) indication relay (Two contacts changeable to NC/form
B, via jumpers)
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A/B
Power consumption
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase Switching capacity
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase Make 1000 W / VA
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
Overload capability 25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
30 x Inom for 10 s Permissible current 5 A continuous,
4 x Inom continuous 30 A for 0.5 s making current,
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) 2000 switching cycles
Overload capability if equipped with
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s Electrical tests
100 A for 10 s Specification
15 A continuous
Standards IEC 60255
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle)
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
Voltage transformer UL508
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V Insulation tests
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Overload capability in voltage path Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
(phase-neutral voltage) all circuits except for auxiliary
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous voltage and RS485/RS232 and
Auxiliary voltage time synchronization
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V Communication ports 500 V AC
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–300 V and time synchronization
AC 92-138 V 184–265 V Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
peak-to-peak ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
class III
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 3–4 W EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Energized Approx. 7–9 W Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC (product standard)
loss/short circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC DIN 57435 Part 303
Binary inputs/indication inputs High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Type 7SJ621 7SJ622 and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Number 8 11 Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Voltage range 24–250 V DC IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
Pickup threshold modifiable by plug-in jumpers and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω

Pickup threshold 19 V DC 88 V DC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz


field, non-modulated
For rated control voltage 24/48/60/ 110/125/ IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
110/125 V 220/250 V DC
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Response time/drop-out Approx. 3.5 field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
time IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
energized field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min

5/98 Siemens SIP · 2004


5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62

Technical data

High-energy surge voltages During transportation


(Surge) Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF Vibration Sinusoidal
across contacts: 1